Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Belden

Belden

bdc · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bdc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Belden
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2017 
Annual Report 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholders, 

In 2017, we achieved record revenues, EBITDA, and EPS1. Compared to our initial guidance for the year, 

revenues  were  in-line  with  our  expectations  and  EPS  was  significantly  higher.  Our  attractive  portfolio, 

superior business system, and dedicated global team enabled us to drive these results.  

In  addition  to  these  record  financial  results,  2017  was  highlighted  by  significant  balance  sheet 

improvement  and  disciplined  capital  deployment.  I  would  like  to  share  with  you  the  details  of  these 

actions, which provide the foundation for accelerating growth going forward.  

Strengthened  Balance  Sheet  –  We  are  extremely  pleased  with  our  timely  debt  refinancing  and 

repayment during the year. We issued 450 million euros of senior subordinated notes at 3.375% and 300 

million  euros  at  2.875%,  the  lowest  long-term  borrowing  rates  in  the  history  of  the  company.  This 

allowed us to lower our cost of capital, extend our maturities, and increase our annualized EPS by $0.47. 

Thinklogical  Acquisition  –  In  May  2017,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Thinklogical  for  $166 
million2.  This  highly  profitable  business  is  uniquely  positioned  for  success,  given  its  numerous  market 

growth  drivers,  industry-leading  proprietary  products,  and  difficult-to-obtain  intelligence  &  defense 

accreditations.  Thinklogical  is  a  very  exciting  addition  to  the  Belden  portfolio  that  provides  additional 

opportunities for profitable growth in our Broadcast Solutions segment. 

Organic  Initiatives  –  During  our  strategic  planning  process  in  2017,  our  businesses  identified  many 

attractive opportunities to expand into high-growth markets, enhance our product offering, and strengthen 

our  relationships  with  customers.  Examples  of  these  projects  include  a  new  manufacturing  facility  in 

India  to  service  that  high-growth  region,  new  cloud-based  solutions  for  cybersecurity  and  broadcast 

customers,  and  redesigned  key  account  management  so  our  largest  customers  can  benefit  from  the  full 

breadth  of  our  high-quality  solutions.  We  expect  our  increasing  investments  in  these  high-ROIC 

initiatives to drive improved organic growth in 2018 and beyond.  

To summarize, I am pleased with our balance sheet actions and new strategic investments in 2017. These 

initiatives  support  the  ongoing  transformation  of  Belden  into  the  world’s  leading  signal  transmission 

solutions provider and allow us to drive further impressive financial results. A number of the Company’s 

new performance records in 2017 are highlighted below.   

1 Consolidated adjusted results are referenced in this letter. See appendix for reconciliations to comparable GAAP results. All references to EPS 
refer to adjusted income from continuing operations per diluted share attributable to Belden common stockholders. 
2 Cash used to acquire the business, net of cash acquired. 

 
 
 
                                                           
  Achieved record revenues of $2.39 billion; 

  Generated record EBITDA of $434.3 million;  

  Increased net income3 by 10.4% to a record $265.0 million; and 

  Delivered record EPS of $5.35. 

This performance is a function of solid execution and attractive secular trends across our segments, which 

I would like to share with you.  

Broadcast  Solutions  –  Our  Broadcast  Solutions  segment  generated  revenues  of  $725.1  million  and 

EBITDA margins of 15.6% in 2017. PPC, our market-leading broadband connectivity business, is well-

positioned  to  benefit  from  the  insatiable  demand  for  broadband.  In  addition  to  this  powerful  market 

tailwind, we expect our superior product portfolio and intellectual property strategies to continue to drive 

significant growth in this business. Grass Valley, our broadcast IT business, performed in line with our 

expectations in international markets, but experienced challenges in the United States. Within live-media 

production,  the  adoption  of  internet  protocol  (IP)  technologies  is  critical  as it  enables  our customers  to 

create and distribute ultra-high definition content and realize significant productivity gains. Our team was 

instrumental in driving the first published industry standards for IP in December 2017, which represents a 

key milestone for this industry.  

Enterprise  Solutions  –  Our  Enterprise  Solutions  segment  generated  revenues  of  $631.2  million  and 

EBITDA  margins of 16.4% in 2017. The segment has  delivered solid  organic growth over the last few 

years,  driven  by  successful  share  capture  programs  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region  and  demand  for  our 

solutions in new smart building construction. Our innovative Category 6A cable products, which support 

smart  building  infrastructure  by  delivering  data and power  over  Ethernet,  increased  21%  on  an  organic 

basis in 2017. 

Industrial  Solutions  –  Revenues  in  our  Industrial  Solutions  segment  increased  a  robust  7%  to  $628.5 

million in 2017. Discrete manufacturing, our largest vertical, grew 9%, driven by increasing connectivity 

and  automation  on  the  factory  floor.  EBITDA  margins  of  19.0%  expanded  170  basis  points,  reflecting 

solid leverage on growth and continued productivity improvements.  

Network Solutions – Network Solutions revenues increased to $403.9 million, driven by strength in our 

industrial end-markets. Notably, discrete manufacturing grew an impressive 14% in 2017, reflecting the 

third consecutive year of accelerating growth.  Our ruggedized networking equipment and cybersecurity 

3 All references to net income refer to adjusted net income attributable to Belden. 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                           
software  support  the  increasing  investments  in  factory  floor  automation,  providing  the  essential 

interoperability  and  securitization  of  assets.  Our  customers  are  increasingly  benefitting  from  this 

differentiated  product  portfolio.  EBITDA  margins  of  23.2%  were  healthy,  and  in-line  with  our 

expectations for this segment.  

New Strategic Financial Goals 

Each  year,  we  reflect  on  our  financial  goals  to  ensure  alignment  with  our  strategic  plan  and  our  end 

markets.  I  am  pleased  with  our  long  track  record  of  achieving  our  goals.  We  have  an  unwavering 

commitment to delivering for our shareholders and an update on each of our financial goals is provided 

below.  

  Revenue Growth of 5 - 7%4  

Our long-term goal of 5-7% revenue growth is consistent with the 6% constant currency CAGR 

we  have  delivered  over  the  last  5  years.  This  goal  represents  a  combination  of  market  growth, 

share  capture,  and  successful  acquisition  integration.  Our  market  growth  expectations  are 

supported  by  a  number  of  favorable  secular  trends  that  drive  demand  for  our  secure,  highly-

engineered  signal  transmission  solutions  and  dedicated  global  support.  These  include  industrial 

automation,  smart  buildings,  video  consumption,  and  bandwidth.  Combined  with  our  strong 

balance sheet and robust pipeline of attractive inorganic opportunities, we are well-positioned to 

achieve this goal. 

  EBITDA Margins of 20 - 22%  

We  have  a  long  track  record  of  exceeding  our  margin  goals,  having  increased  the  EBITDA 

margin target three times since 2012. We raised our EBITDA margin target  again in 2017, this 

time from 18-20% to 20-22%, and we anticipate significant progress in 2018. Key drivers include 

leverage on growth, improving business mix, and additional productivity improvements. We have 

consistently demonstrated our ability to drive productivity, and our teams are executing a number 

of meaningful initiatives. 

  Free Cash Flow Growth of 13 – 15% 

Our  long-term  goal  of  13-15%  free  cash  flow  growth  reflects  our  commitment  to  quality  of 

earnings and working capital improvements, while increasing capital expenditures as we invest in 

4 In constant currency 

 
 
 
 
                                                           
attractive growth initiatives. Since 2005, we have delivered a free cash flow CAGR of 15%, and 

we expect this growth trajectory to continue.  

  Return on Invested Capital of 13 – 15% 

Our  return  on  invested  capital  target  of  13-15%  requires  a  disciplined  approach  to  capital 

allocation.  We  achieved  an  average  of  12.7%  over  the  last  five  years,  a  period  in  which  we 

allocated  over  $1.2  billion  towards  acquisitions.  In  2017,  ROIC  increased  50  basis  points  to 

13.2%, within our target range, and we expect to make further progress over the next few years.  

Outlook 

Belden  remains  a  very  compelling  investment  opportunity.  As  a  leading  global  connectivity  company 

primarily  serving  the  Industrial  and  Enterprise  markets,  we  are  ideally  positioned  to  benefit  from  the 

immense  investment  required  to  drive  the  internet  of  things.  A  number  of  favorable  secular  trends  are 

impacting  our  business,  including  industrial  automation,  smart  buildings,  video  consumption,  and 

bandwidth. Combined with our strong track record, proven business system, and healthy balance sheet, 

we  are  highly  confident  in  our  ability  to  achieve  our  goals.  This,  in  turn,  should  drive  upper  quartile 

returns for our shareholders.  

We are thankful for the loyalty of our customers, shareholders, and talented associates who make Belden 

a  world-class  company.  We  are  grateful  for  your  support,  and  we  look  forward  to  sharing  in  Belden’s 

continued success together. 

Sincerely, 

John Stroup 

President, CEO and Chairman of the Board 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix 
BELDEN INC. 
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 
(Unaudited) 

In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States,  we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including:  asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs.  We 
adjust  for  the  items  listed  above  in  all  periods presented, unless  the  impact  is  clearly  immaterial  to  our  financial  statements.  
When  we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and  deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability. 

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results to 
previous  periods  and  provide  important  insights  into  underlying  trends  in  the  business  and  how  management  oversees  our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis.  As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities.  We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies.   Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts 
of  fair  value  adjustments  because  they  generally  are  not  related  to  the  acquired  business'  core  business  performance.   As  an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses.  We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.    We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

Adjusted  results  should  be  considered  only  in  conjunction  with  results  reported  according  to  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States. 

Twelve Months Ended 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

GAAP revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments 
Patent settlement 

Adjusted revenues 

GAAP gross profit 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Deferred gross profit adjustments 
Accelerated depreciation 
Patent settlement 

Adjusted gross profit 

GAAP gross profit margin 
Adjusted gross profit margin 

GAAP selling, general and administrative expenses 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Loss on sale of assets 
Accelerated depreciation 
Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

  (In thousands, except percentages and per share amounts) 
2,356,672  
 $ 
6,687  
(5,554 ) 
2,357,805  
980,994  
12,276  
1,107  
—  
6,687  
864  
(5,554 ) 
996,374  

2,388,643  
—  
—  
2,388,643  
934,039  
32,562  
6,133  
56  
—  
798  
—  
973,588  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

39.1 %  
40.8 %  

(461,022 )    $ 
9,991  
1,013  
—  
—  
(450,018 ) 

 $ 

41.6 % 
42.3 % 

(494,224 ) 
25,657  
—  
64  
(3,186 ) 

(471,689 ) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GAAP research and development 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Adjusted research and development 

Twelve Months Ended 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

  (In thousands, except percentages and per share amounts) 
(140,601 ) 
 $ 
837  
(139,764 ) 

(134,330 )    $ 
237  
(134,093 ) 

 $ 

 $ 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

 $ 

Interest expense, net 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Noncontrolling interest 

Total non-operating adjustments 

Amortization of intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions 
Loss on sale of assets 
Accelerated depreciation 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Impairment of assets held for sale 
Deferred gross profit adjustments 
Patent settlement 

Total operating income adjustments 

Depreciation expense 

Adjusted EBITDA 

GAAP net income margin 
Adjusted EBITDA margin 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

Operating income adjustments from above 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Tax effect of adjustments above 
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enactment 
Amortization expense attributable to noncontrolling interest, net 
of tax 

Adjusted net income attributable to Belden 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden 

Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 

Adjusted net income attributable to Belden 

Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

Adjusted net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 

GAAP income per diluted share attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 
Adjusted income per diluted share attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

GAAP diluted weighted average shares 

Adjustment for assumed conversion of preferred stock into 
common stock 

Adjusted diluted weighted average shares 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

93,210  
82,901  
52,441  
6,495  
(357 ) 
141,480  
103,997  
42,790  
6,133  
1,013  
798  
56  
—  
—  
—  
154,787  
44,799  

434,276  

 $ 

3.9 %  
18.2 %  

93,210  
154,787  
52,441  
(63,796 ) 
28,440  

(63 ) 
265,019  

93,210  
34,931  

58,279 

265,019  
—  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

265,019 

 $ 

1.37 

 $ 

5.35 

 $ 

42,643  

6,857 
49,500  

128,003  
95,050  
2,342  
(1,185 ) 
(357 ) 
95,850  
98,385  
38,770  
(2,079 ) 
—  
928  
—  
23,931  
6,687  
(5,554 ) 
161,068  
46,280  

431,201  

5.4 % 
18.3 % 

128,003  
161,068  
2,342  
(51,374 ) 
—  

(64 ) 
239,975  

128,003  
15,428  

112,575 

239,975  
—  

239,975 

2.65 

5.27 

42,557  

2,979 
45,536  

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BELDEN INC. 
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 
(Unaudited) 

We define  free cash  flow,  which is a  non-GAAP financial  measure, as  net cash  from operating activities adjusted  for capital 
expenditures net of the proceeds from the disposal of tangible assets.  We believe free cash flow provides useful information to 
investors  regarding  our  ability  to  generate  cash  from  business  operations  that  is  available  for  acquisitions  and  other 
investments,  service  of  debt  principal,  dividends  and  share  repurchases.   We  use  free  cash  flow,  as  defined,  as  one  financial 
measure  to  monitor  and  evaluate  performance  and  liquidity.    Non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  be  considered  only  in 
conjunction with financial measures reported according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  Our 
definition of free cash flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. 

GAAP net cash provided by operating activities 

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the disposal of 
tangible assets 

Non-GAAP free cash flow 

 $ 

 $ 

Twelve Months Ended 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2005 

(In thousands) 

255,300     $ 

(63,222 )  
192,078     $ 

49,149  

(12,157 ) 
36,992  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
(Mark One) 
    Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017  
or 
    Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from              to  

Commission File No. 001-12561 
BELDEN INC. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

36-3601505 
(IRS Employer 
Identification No.) 

1 North Brentwood Boulevard 
15th Floor 
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code) 
(314) 854-8000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 

Name of Each Exchange 
on Which Registered 
The New York Stock Exchange 
The New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act.     Yes     No  . 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes    No  . 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    No  . 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every 
interactive data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files).    Yes      No  . 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,” 
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer          Accelerated filer         Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   
Smaller reporting company  Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  provided  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  of  the  Exchange 
Act.   

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act).    Yes     No   . 

At July 2, 2017, the aggregate market value of Common Stock of Belden Inc. held by non-affiliates was $2,453,273,327 based 
on the closing price ($75.43) of such stock on such date. 

There were 41,930,562 shares of registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on February 9, 2018. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The registrant intends to file a definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders within 120 days of the end of 
the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2017  (the  “Proxy  Statement”).  Portions  of  such  proxy  statement  are  incorporated  by 
reference into Part III. 

 
 
 
 
Name of Item 

  Business 

Form 10-K 
Item No. 
Part I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters 
  Selected Financial Data 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Part II 
Item 5. 
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.    Other Information 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Part III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Part IV. 
Item 15. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder 
Matters 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
  Signatures 

  Page 

2 
10 
17 
17 
18 
18 

18 
21 
26 
45 
48 
96 
96 
  100 

  100 
  100 

  100 
  100 
  100 

  101 
  106 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Part I 

Item 1.   

Business 

General 

Belden Inc. (Belden, the Company,  us,  we, or our) is an innovative signal transmission solutions company built around four 
global business platforms – Broadcast Solutions, Enterprise Solutions, Industrial Solutions, and Network Solutions. Each of the 
global business platforms represents a reportable segment. Financial information about our segments appears in Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our  comprehensive  portfolio  of  signal  transmission  solutions  provides  industry  leading  secure  and  reliable  transmission  of 
data, sound, and video for mission critical applications. We sell our products to distributors, end-users, installers, and directly to 
original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs).  Belden  Inc.  is  a  Delaware  corporation  incorporated  in  1988,  but  the  Company’s 
roots date back to its founding by Joseph Belden in 1902. 

As  used  herein,  unless  an  operating  segment  is  identified  or  the  context  otherwise  requires,  “Belden,”  the  “Company”,  and 
“we” refer to Belden Inc. and its subsidiaries as a whole. 

Strategy and Business Model 

Our business model is designed to generate shareholder value: 

•  

•  

•  

Operational Excellence—The core of our business model is operational excellence and the execution of our 
Belden  Business  System.  The  Belden  Business  System  has  three  areas  of  focus.  First,  we  demonstrate  a 
commitment  to  Lean  enterprise  initiatives,  which  improve  not  only  the  quality  and  efficiency  of  the 
manufacturing  environment,  but  our  business  processes  on  a  company-wide  basis.  Second,  we  utilize  our 
Market Delivery System (MDS), a go-to-market model that provides the foundation for organic growth. We 
believe that organic growth, resulting from both market growth and share capture, is essential to our success. 
Finally,  our  Talent  Management  System  supports  the  development  of  our  associates  at  all  levels,  which 
preserves the culture necessary to operate our business consistently and sustainably. 

Cash Generation—Our pursuit of operational excellence  results in the generation of significant cash flow. 
We generated cash flows from operating activities of $255.3 million, $314.8 million, and $241.5 million in 
2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. 

Portfolio  Improvement—We  utilize  the  cash  flow  generated  by  our  business  to  fuel  our  continued 
transformation and generate shareholder value. We continuously improve our portfolio to ensure we provide 
the most complete, end-to-end solutions to our customers. Our portfolio is designed with balance across end 
markets  and  geographies  to  ensure  we  can  meet  our  goals  in  most  economic  environments.  We  have  a 
disciplined acquisition cultivation, execution, and integration system that allows us to invest in outstanding 
companies that strengthen our capabilities and enhance our ability to serve our customers. 

Segments 

We operate our business under the following segments: 

Broadcast Solutions 
Enterprise Solutions 
Industrial Solutions 
Network Solutions 

Percentage of Segment Revenues (1) 
2015 
2016 
2017 

30.4 %  
26.4 %  
26.3 %  
16.9 %  

32.6 %  
25.6 %  
24.8 %  
17.0 %  

31.4 % 
25.7 % 
25.6 % 
17.3 % 

(1)  See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segment measures. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcast Solutions 
The  Broadcast  Solutions  (Broadcast)  segment  is  a  leading  provider  of  production,  distribution,  and  connectivity  systems  for 
television broadcast, cable, satellite, and IPTV industries.  We target end-use customers in markets such as outside broadcast, 
sport venues, broadcast studios, and cable, broadband, satellite, and telecommunications service providers.  Our products are 
used in a variety of applications, including live production signal management, program playout for broadcasters, monitoring 
for  pay-TV  operators,  and  broadband  connectivity.    Broadcast  products  and  solutions  include  camera  solutions,  production 
switchers,  server  and  storage  systems  for  instant  replay  applications,  interfaces  and  routers,  monitoring  systems,  in-home 
network systems, playout systems, outside plant connectivity products, and other cable and connectivity products. 

Our  hardware  and  software  solutions  for  the  broadcast  infrastructure  industry  span  the  full  breadth  of  television  operations, 
including creation, playout, and delivery.  Many of our broadcast infrastructure solutions are designed for live content creation, 
which is viewed as a growth opportunity for the  segment.   For the broadband distribution industry, we manufacture flexible, 
copper-clad  coaxial  cable  and  associated  connector  products  for  the  high-speed  transmission  of  data,  sound,  and  video 
(broadband) that are used for the “drop” section of cable television (CATV) systems and satellite direct broadcast systems. Our 
connectivity solutions include several major product categories: coax connector products that allow for connections from the 
provider network to the subscribers’ devices; hardline connectors that allow service providers to distribute their services within 
a city, a town, or a neighborhood; fiber optic micro duct products to support FTTx networks; entry devices that serve to manage 
and remove  network signal noise that could impair performance for the subscriber; and traps and filtering devices that allow 
service providers to control the signals that are transmitted to the subscriber.  Our portfolio of broadband distribution products 
is well positioned for growth opportunities as broadband consumption continues to increase both in developed and emerging 
markets. 

Broadcast products are sold through a variety of channels, including:  broadcast specialty distributors; audio systems installers; 
directly  to  the  major  television  networks  including  ABC,  CBS,  Fox,  and  NBC;  directly  to  broadband  service  providers, 
including Comcast, DirectTV, Charter Spectrum, and Verizon; directly to specialty system integrators; directly to OEMs; and 
other distributors. 

Enterprise Solutions 

The Enterprise Solutions (Enterprise) segment is a leading provider in network infrastructure solutions, as well as cabling  and 
connectivity solutions for broadcast, commercial audio/video, and security applications. We serve customers in markets such as 
healthcare,  education,  financial,  government,  and  corporate  enterprises,  as  well  as  end-markets,  including  sport  venues, 
broadcast  studios,  and  academias.  Enterprise  product  lines  include  copper  cable  and  connectivity  solutions,  fiber  cable  and 
connectivity  solutions,  and  racks  and  enclosures.  Our  products  are  used  in  applications  such  as  local  area  networks,  data 
centers,  access  control,  and  building  automation.  Enterprise  provides  true  end-to-end  copper  and  fiber  network  systems  to 
include  cable,  assemblies,  interconnect  panels,  and  enclosures.    Our  products  are  also  used  in  a  variety  of  applications, 
including  live  production  and  performance,  video  display  and  digital  signage,  and  corporate  communications.  Our  high-
performance  solutions  support  all  networking  protocols  up  to  and  including  100G+  Ethernet  technologies.  Enterprise’s 
innovative  products  can  deliver  data  in  addition  to  power  over  Ethernet,  which  meets  the  higher  performance  requirements 
driven by the increasing number of connections in smart buildings.  Enterprise products also include intelligent power, cooling, 
and  airflow  management  for  mission-critical  data  center  operations.  The  Enterprise  product  portfolio  is  designed  to  support 
Internet Protocol convergence, the increased use of wireless communications, and cloud-based data centers by our customers. 
Our  systems  are  installed  through  a  network  of  highly  trained  system  integrators  and  are  supplied  through  authorized 
distributors. 

Industrial Solutions 

The Industrial Solutions (Industrial) segment is a leading provider of high performance networking components and machine 
connectivity  products.  Industrial  products  include  physical  network  and  fieldbus  infrastructure  components  and  on-machine 
connectivity  systems customized to end user and OEM  needs. Products are designed to provide reliability and confidence of 
performance  for  a  wide  range  of  industrial  automation  applications.  Our  mix  of  business  by  end  market  includes  discrete 
manufacturing  (65%  of  2017  revenues);  process,  including  oil  and  gas  (24%);  energy  (7%);  and  transportation  (4%).  Our 

3 

 
 
 
 
products are used in applications such as network and fieldbus infrastructure; sensor and actuator connectivity; power, control, 
and  data  transmission.  Industrial  products  include  solutions  such  as  industrial  and  input/output  (I/O)  connectors,  industrial 
cables,  IP  and  networking  cables,  I/O  modules,  distribution  boxes,  ruggedized  controls  and  sensors,  and  customer  specific 
wiring solutions. 

Our industrial cable products are used in discrete manufacturing and process operations involving the connection of computers, 
programmable  controllers,  robots,  operator  interfaces,  motor  drives,  sensors,  printers,  and  other  devices.  Many  industrial 
environments, such as petrochemical and other harsh-environment operations, require cables with exterior armor or jacketing 
that  can  endure  physical  abuse  and  exposure  to  chemicals,  extreme  temperatures,  and  outside  elements.  Other  applications 
require  conductors,  insulating,  and  jacketing  materials  that  can  withstand  repeated  flexing.  In  addition  to  cable  product 
configurations for these applications, we supply heat-shrinkable tubing and wire management products to protect and organize 
wire and cable assemblies. Our industrial connector products are primarily used as sensor and actuator connections in factory 
automation supporting various fieldbus protocols as well as power connections in building automation. These products are used 
both as components of manufacturing equipment and in the installation and networking of such equipment. 

Industrial Solutions products are sold directly to industrial equipment OEMs and through a network of industrial distributors, 
value-added resellers, and system integrators. 

Network Solutions 

The  Network  Solutions  (Network)  segment  provides  foundational  controls  for  protecting  enterprises  against  cyberattacks, 
automating IT regulatory compliance and improving operational efficiency.  Network Solutions provides software and services 
that protect against cyberattacks and data breaches with integrated security controls that discover assets, harden configurations, 
identify  vulnerabilities  and  detect  threats.  We  target  end-use  customers  in  markets  such  as  industrial  (including  utilities  and 
energy),  enterprise  (including  finance,  insurance,  technology,  communications,  retail,  and  healthcare),  and  government.   The 
Network Solutions product portfolio of enterprise-class security solutions includes configuration and policy management, file 
integrity monitoring, vulnerability management and log intelligence. 

Network Solutions products are sold directly to end-use customers, as well as through channel partners. 

See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our segments. 

Acquisitions 

A key part of our business strategy includes acquiring companies to support our growth and product portfolio. Our acquisition 
strategy is based upon targeting leading companies that offer innovative products and strong brands. We utilize a disciplined 
approach  to  acquisitions  based  on  product  and  market  opportunities.  When  we  identify  acquisition  candidates,  we  conduct 
rigorous financial and cultural analyses to make certain that they meet both our strategic plan targets and our goal for return on 
invested capital of 13-15%. 

We have completed a number of acquisitions in recent years as part of this strategy. Most recently, in May 2017, we completed 
the acquisition of Thinklogical Holdings, LLC (Thinklogical), a leading provider of secure, centralized KVM video switches to 
the  command  and  control  market.  The  results  of  Thinklogical  have  been  included  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
from the acquisition date and are reported in the Broadcast Solutions segment. 

In January 2016,  we acquired M2FX Limited (M2FX), a manufacturer of fiber optic cable and fiber protection solutions  for 
broadband and telecommunications networks. The results of M2FX are included in our Broadcast Solutions segment. 

In January 2015, we acquired Tripwire, Inc. (Tripwire), a leading global provider of advanced threat, security, and compliance 
solutions. Tripwire’s solutions enable enterprises, service providers, manufacturers, and government agencies to detect, prevent, 
and respond to growing security threats.  The results of Tripwire are included in our Network Solutions segment. 

4 

 
 
 
 
For more information regarding these transactions, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Customers 

We  sell  to  distributors,  OEMs,  installers,  and  end-users.  Sales  to  the  distributor  Anixter  International  Inc.  represented 
approximately 12% of our consolidated revenues in 2017. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 
2017. 

We have supply agreements with distributors and OEM customers. In general, our customers are not contractually obligated to 
buy our products exclusively, in minimum amounts, or for a significant period of time. We believe that our relationships with 
our customers and distributors are good and that they are loyal to Belden products as a result of our reputation, the breadth of 
our  product  portfolio,  the  quality  and  performance  characteristics  of  our  products,  and  our  customer  service  and  technical 
support, among other reasons. 

International Operations 

In  addition  to  manufacturing  facilities  in  the  United  States  (U.S.),  we  have  manufacturing  and  other  operating  facilities  in 
Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Japan,  Mexico,  and  St.  Kitts,  as  well  as  in  various  countries  in  Europe.  During  2017,  approximately 
47%  of  Belden’s  sales  were  to  customers  outside  the  U.S.  Our  primary  channels  to  international  markets  include  both 
distributors and direct sales to end users and OEMs. 

Financial information for Belden by country is shown in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Competition 

We face substantial competition in our major markets. The number and size of our competitors vary depending on the product 
line and segment. Some multinational competitors have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, and marketing resources 
than we have. There are also many regional competitors that have more limited product offerings. 

The markets in which we operate can be generally categorized as highly competitive with many players. In order to maximize 
our competitive advantages, we manage our product portfolio to capitalize on secular trends and high-growth applications in 
those  markets.  Based  on  available  data  for  our  served  markets,  we  estimate  that  our  market  share  across  our  segments  is 
significant, ranging from approximately 5% – 20%. A substantial acquisition in one of our served markets would be necessary 
to meaningfully change our estimated market share percentage. 

The principal competitive factors in all our product markets are technical features, quality, availability, price, customer support, 
and distribution coverage. The relative importance of each of these factors varies depending on the customer. Some products 
are manufactured to meet published industry  specifications  and are less differentiated on the  basis of product characteristics. 
We believe that Belden stands out in many of its markets on the basis of our reputation, the breadth of our product portfolio, the 
quality and performance characteristics of our products, our customer service, and our technical support. 

Research and Development 

We  conduct  research  and  development  on  an  ongoing  basis,  including  new  and  existing  product  development,  testing  and 
analysis,  and  process  and  equipment  development  and  testing.  See  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  amounts 
incurred for research and development. Many of the markets we serve are characterized by advances in information processing 
and  communications  capabilities,  including  advances  driven  by  the  expansion  of  digital  technology,  which  require  increased 
transmission speeds and greater bandwidth. Our markets are also subject to increasing requirements for mobility, information 
security, and transmission reliability. We believe that our future success will depend in part upon our ability to enhance existing 
products and to develop and manufacture new products that meet or anticipate such changes in our served markets. 

Our  most  significant  investments  in  research  and  development  occur  in  our  Broadcast  Solutions  and  Network  Solutions 
platforms. The research and development investments for these platforms include a focus on the following developments: 

5 

 
 
 
•  

In  the  broadcast  market,  the  trend  towards  increasingly  complex  broadcast  production,  management,  and 
distribution  environments  continues  to  evolve.  Our  end-use  customers  need  to  increase  efficiency  and  enhance 
workflow through systems and infrastructure. Our broadcast products allow content producers, broadcasters, and 
service providers to manage the increasingly complex broadcast signals throughout their operations.  

In  order  to  support  the  demand  for  additional  bandwidth  and  to  improve  service  integrity,  broadband  service 
providers are investing in their networks to enhance delivery capabilities to customers for the  foreseeable future. 
Additional bandwidth requirements as a result of increased traffic expose weak points in the network, which are 
often connectivity related, causing broadband service operators to improve and upgrade residential networks with 
higher performing connectivity products. 

•   For  network  solution  products,  there  is  a  compelling  need  among  global  enterprises,  service  providers  and 
government agencies to detect, prevent and respond to cyber security threats. This is a long-standing need within 
corporate networks, but we believe the rapid proliferation of new devices in the “internet of things” will cause this 
need  to  broaden  and  accelerate. Additionally,  cyber-attacks  are  moving  beyond  traditional  targets  into  critical 
infrastructure, which will further amplify the importance of our work in network security. Furthermore, there is a 
growing  trend  toward  adoption  of  Industrial  Ethernet  technology,  bringing  to  the  critical  infrastructure  the 
advantages  of  digital  communication  and  the  ability  to  network  devices  made  by  different  manufacturers  and 
integrate  them  with  enterprise  systems.  While  the  adoption  of  this  technology  is  at  a  more  advanced  stage  in 
certain regions of the world, we believe that the trend will globalize. This trend will also lead to a rising need for 
wireless systems for some applications and for cybersecurity to protect this critical infrastructure. 

Part of our research and development is focused on creating scalable, efficient technologies to provide real-time 
instrumentation  and  analytics  across  entire  networks.  This  includes  delivering  high-fidelity  visibility  and  deep 
intelligence  about  networked  systems,  their  vulnerabilities,  and  providing  actionable  information  about  how  to 
effectively secure them. Additionally, we have highly-skilled and active research teams who analyze current and 
anticipated  threats,  and  provide  offerings  to  the  market  to  enable  customers  to  quickly  detect  and  resolve 
cybersecurity threats. 

Our  research  and  development  efforts  are  also  focused  on  fiber  optic  technology,  which  presents  a  potential  substitute  for 
certain of the copper-based products that comprise a portion of our revenues. Fiber optic cables have certain advantages over 
copper-based cables in applications where large amounts of information must travel significant distances and where high levels 
of information security are required. While the cost to interface electronic and optical light signals and to terminate and connect 
optical fiber remains comparatively high, we expect that in future years the cost difference versus traditional copper networks 
will diminish. We sell fiber optic infrastructure, and many customers specify these products in combination with copper-based 
infrastructure. The final stage of most networks remains almost exclusively copper-based, and we expect that it will continue to 
be copper for the foreseeable future. However, if a significant decrease in the cost of fiber optic systems relative to the cost of 
copper-based  systems  were  to  occur,  such  systems  could  become  superior  on  a  price/performance  basis  to  copper-based 
systems. Part of our research and development efforts focus on expanding our fiber-optic based product portfolio. 

Patents and Trademarks 

We  have  a  policy  of  seeking  patents  when  appropriate  on  inventions  concerning  new  products,  product  improvements,  and 
advances  in  equipment  and  processes  as  part  of  our  ongoing  research,  development,  and  manufacturing  activities.  We  own 
many  patents  and  registered  trademarks  worldwide  that  are  used  by  our  operating  segments,  with  pending  applications  for 
numerous others. We consider our patents and trademarks to be valuable assets. Our most prominent trademarks are: Belden®, 
Alpha  Wire™,  Mohawk®,  West  Penn  Wire™,  Hirschmann®,  Lumberg  Automation™,  GarrettCom®,  Poliron™,  Tofino®, 
PPC®, Grass Valley®, ProSoft Technology®, Tripwire®, and Thinklogical®. 

Raw Materials 

The  principal  raw  material  used  in  many  of  our  cable  products  is  copper.  Other  materials  we  purchase  in  large  quantities 
include  fluorinated  ethylene-propylene  (FEP),  polyvinyl  chloride  (PVC),  polyethylene,  aluminum-clad  steel  and  copper-clad 

6 

 
 
 
 
steel conductors, aluminum, brass, other metals, optical fiber, printed circuit boards, and electronic components. With respect to 
all  major raw  materials  used  by us,  we  generally  have either alternative sources of supply or access to alternative  materials. 
Supplies of these materials are generally adequate and are expected to remain so for the foreseeable future. 

Over the  past three  years, the prices of metals,  particularly copper, have been highly  volatile. The chart below illustrates the 
high and low spot prices per pound of copper over the last three years. 

Copper spot prices per pound 

High 
Low 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 
$ 

3.29     $ 
2.48     $ 

2.69     $ 
1.94     $ 

2.95  
2.02  

Prices for materials such as PVC and other plastics derived from petrochemical feedstocks have also fluctuated. Since Belden 
utilizes the first in, first out (FIFO) inventory costing methodology, the impact of copper and other raw material cost changes 
on our cost of goods sold is delayed by approximately two months based on our rate of inventory turnover. 

While we generally are able to adjust our pricing for fluctuations in commodity prices, we can experience short-term favorable 
or unfavorable variances. When the cost of raw materials increases, we are generally able to recover these costs through higher 
pricing of our finished products. The majority of our products are sold through distribution, and we manage the pricing of these 
products through published price lists, which we update from time to time, with new prices typically taking effect a few weeks 
after  they  are  announced.  Some  OEM  customer  contracts  have  provisions  for  passing  through  raw  material  cost  changes, 
generally with a lag of a few weeks to three months. 

Backlog 

Our business is characterized generally by short-term order and shipment schedules. Our backlog consists of product orders for 
which we have received a customer purchase order or purchase commitment and which have not yet been shipped. Orders are 
generally subject to cancellation or rescheduling by the customer. As of December 31, 2017, our backlog of orders believed to 
be firm was $259.2 million. The majority of the backlog at December 31, 2017 is scheduled to be shipped in 2018. 

Environmental Matters 

We are subject to numerous federal, state, provincial, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the storage, handling, 
emission,  and  discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment,  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, 
Compensation, and Liability Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-
Know Act;  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery Act;  and  similar  laws  in  the  other  countries  in  which  we  operate.  We 
believe that our existing environmental control procedures and accrued liabilities are adequate, and we have no current plans 
for substantial capital expenditures in this area. 

Employees 

As  of  December 31,  2017,  we  had  approximately  8,800  employees  worldwide.  We  also  utilized  approximately  300  workers 
under contract manufacturing arrangements. Approximately 1,800 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements 
at various locations around the world. We believe our relationship with our employees is generally good. 

Available Information 

We  file  annual,  quarterly,  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements,  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (SEC). These reports, proxy statements, and other information contain additional information about us. You may 
read and copy these materials at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call 
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room. The SEC also maintains a 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
web  site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  about  issuers  who  file  electronically 
with the SEC. The Internet address of the site is www.sec.gov. 

Belden maintains an Internet web site at www.belden.com where our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 
10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  proxy  statements,  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  and  statements  are  available 
without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable following the time they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. 

We will provide upon written request and without charge a printed copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K. To obtain such a 
copy, please write to the Corporate Secretary, Belden Inc., 1 North Brentwood Boulevard, 15th Floor, St. Louis, MO 63105. 

Executive Officers 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to  the  persons  who  were  Belden  executive  officers  as  of 
February 12, 2018. All executive officers are elected to terms that expire at the organizational meeting of the Board of Directors 
following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 

Name 
John Stroup 
Brian Anderson 
Henk Derksen 
Dean McKenna 
Glenn Pennycook 
Ross Rosenberg 
Dhrupad Trivedi 
Paul Turner 
Roel Vestjens 
Doug Zink 

  Age    Position 
  51 
  43 
  49 
  49 
  55 
  48 
  51 
  54 
  43 
  42 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman 
  Senior Vice President, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 
  Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer 
  Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
  Executive Vice President, Enterprise and Broadband Solutions 
  Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development 
  Executive Vice President, Network Solutions 
  Senior Vice President, Sales 
  Executive Vice President, Industrial Solutions and Broadcast IT Solutions 
  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

John Stroup has been President,  Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board since October 2005. He  was elected as 
Chairman of the Board on November 30, 2016. From 2000 to the date of his appointment with the Company, he was employed 
by Danaher Corporation, a manufacturer of professional instrumentation, industrial technologies, and tools and components. At 
Danaher, he initially served as Vice President, Business Development. He was promoted to President of a division of Danaher’s 
Motion  Group  and  later  to  Group  Executive  of  the  Motion  Group.  Earlier,  he  was Vice  President  of  Marketing  and  General 
Manager  with  Scientific  Technologies  Inc.  He  has  a  B.S.  in  Mechanical  Engineering  from  Northwestern  University  and  an 
M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley Haas School of Business. 

Brian Anderson was appointed Senior Vice President, Legal, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in April 2015.  Prior to 
that,  he  served  as  Corporate Attorney  for  the  Company  from  May  2008  through  March 2015.    Prior  to  joining  Belden,  Mr. 
Anderson was in private practice at the law firm Lewis Rice.  Mr. Anderson has a B.S.B. in Accounting and an M.B.A. from 
Eastern Illinois University and holds a J.D. from Washington University in St. Louis. 

Henk  Derksen  has  been  Senior  Vice  President,  Finance,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  January  2012.    Prior  to  that,  he 
served  as  Vice  President,  Corporate  Finance  from  July  2011  to  December  2011  and Treasurer  and  Vice  President,  Financial 
Planning and Analysis of the Company from January 2010 to July 2011.  In August of 2003, he became Vice President, Finance 
for the Company’s EMEA division, after joining the Company at the end of 2000. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice 
President  and  Controller  of  Plukon  Poultry,  a  food  processing  company  from  1998  to  2000,  and  has  5  years’  experience  in 
public  accounting  with  Price  Waterhouse  and  Baker  Tilly.  Mr.  Derksen  has  a  M.A.  in  Accounting  from  the  University  of 
Arnhem in the Netherlands and holds a doctoral degree in Business Economics in addition to an Executive Master of Finance 
& Control from Tias Business School in the Netherlands. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Dean  McKenna  was  appointed  Senior Vice  President,  Human  Resources  in  May  2015.  Prior  to joining  Belden,  he was Vice 
President of Human Resources for the international business of SC Johnson. Prior to SC Johnson, he worked in various senior 
international human resource, organizational development and talent positions at Ingredion, Akzo Nobel and ICI Group PLC. 
He received his degree in Strategic Human Resource Management at the Nottingham Business School in the United Kingdom. 

Glenn  Pennycook  has  been  Executive  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Broadband  Solutions  since  February  2017.  
Prior to that, Mr. Pennycook was Executive Vice President, Enterprise Solutions since May 2013. Before serving in that role, 
Mr.  Pennycook as President of the Enterprise Solutions Division, after joining Belden in November 2008. Prior to joining the 
Company,  he  spent  5  years  with  Pregis  Corporation  as  Director  of  Operations  for  Protective  Packaging  Europe,  and  was 
promoted  to  Managing  Director  for  Western  Europe  in  2005.  He  has  a  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  McMaster 
University, Hamilton Ontario, Canada. 

Ross Rosenberg was appointed Senior Vice President of Strategy & Corporate Development at the Company in February 2013, 
and  became  an  executive  officer  in  May  2014.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  led  corporate  development  and  global 
marketing  at  First  Solar,  the  world’s  largest  provider  of  utility-scale  solar  power  plant  solutions.  Prior  to  First  Solar,  Mr. 
Rosenberg ran a division of Danaher, a large diversified industrial technology company. At Danaher, he held several executive 
management  roles,  as  well  as  vice  president,  marketing  for  a  division  and  group  vice  president,  strategy  and  business 
development. Mr. Rosenberg holds a B.S. in Accounting from University of Illinois, an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at 
the University of Pennsylvania and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Dhrupad  Trivedi  has  been  Executive  Vice  President,  Network  Solutions  since  January  2017.  He  became  the  Executive  Vice 
President  of  the  former  Industrial  IT  Solutions  segment  and  former  Network  Security  Solutions  segment  in April  2013  and 
August 2016, respectively. Prior to that, he was responsible for the Corporate Development and Strategy function since joining 
Belden  in  January  2010.  Earlier,  he  was  President,  Trapeze  Networks.  Prior  to joining  the  Company,  he  was  responsible  for 
General Management and Corporate Development roles at JDS Uniphase. He has 18 years of experience in the Networking and 
Communications industry. Dhrupad has an MBA from Duke University and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from University 
of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Paul Turner  has  been  Senior Vice  President,  Sales  since  February  2017.    Mr. Turner  joined  Belden  in  2006,  and  has  held  a 
variety  of  roles  of  increasing  responsibility  within  Belden’s  sales  organization  since  that  time.    Before  joining  Belden,  Mr. 
Turner spent five years in the private sector in a subcontract manufacturing company based in the United Kingdom, ultimately 
serving in the  post of Managing Director.  Prior to that experience, Mr. Turner spent 13  years  with the 3M  Company in  the 
United Kingdom, holding roles of increasing responsibility within 3M’s commercial organization across the EMEA region. 

Roel Vestjens has been Executive Vice President, Industrial Solutions and Broadcast IT Solutions since January 2017. Prior to 
that,  he  was  the  Executive  Vice  President,  Broadcast  Solutions  since  March  2014.  Mr.  Vestjens  joined  Belden  in  2006  as 
Director of Marketing for the EMEA region. In April 2008, Mr. Vestjens was promoted to Director of Sales and Marketing for 
the Industrial Solutions business, and in January 2009, he was appointed General Manager of Belden’s Wire and Cable Systems 
business  in  EMEA.  Mr.  Vestjens  relocated  to Asia  in  November  2010,  and  became  President  of  the APAC  OEM  business, 
followed by President of all APAC Operations in May 2012. Mr. Vestjens joined Belden from Royal Philips Electronics where 
he held various European sales and marketing positions. Mr. Vestjens holds a bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering and a 
Master of Science and Management degree from Nyenrode Business University in the Netherlands. 

Doug  Zink  has  been Vice  President  and  Chief Accounting  Officer  since  September  2013.  Prior  to  that,  he  has  served  as  the 
Company’s Vice President, Internal Audit; Corporate Controller; and Director of Financial Reporting, after joining Belden in 
May  2007.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  was  a  Financial  Reporting  Manager  at  TLC  Vision  Corporation,  an  eye  care 
service  company,  from  2004  to  2007,  and  has  five  years  of  experience  in  public  accounting  with  KPMG  LLP  and  Arthur 
Andersen  LLP. He  holds Bachelor’s and Master’s Degrees in Accounting  from Texas  Christian University and is a  Certified 
Public Accountant. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

We make forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in other materials we file with the SEC or otherwise 
release to the public, and on our website. In addition, our senior management might make forward-looking statements orally to 
investors,  analysts,  the  media,  and  others.  Statements  concerning  our  future  operations,  prospects,  strategies,  financial 
condition, future economic performance (including growth and earnings) and demand for our products and services, and other 
statements of our plans, beliefs, or expectations, including the statements contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  that  are  not  historical  facts,  are  forward-looking  statements.  In 
some  cases these statements are  identifiable through the  use of  words such as  “anticipate,” “believe,”  “estimate,”  “forecast,” 
“guide,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “project,”  “target,”  “can,”  “could,”  “may,”  “should,”  “will,”  “would,”  and  similar 
expressions.  The  forward-looking  statements  we  make  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  various 
assumptions, risks, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by these forward-
looking statements. These factors include, among others, those set forth in the following section and in the other documents that 
we file with the SEC. 

We  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new 
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Following  is  a  discussion  of  some  of  the  more  significant  risks  that  could  materially  impact  our  business.    There  may  be 
additional  risks  that  impact  our  business  that  we  currently  do  not  recognize  as,  or  that  are  not  currently,  material  to  our 
business. 

A  challenging  global  economic  environment  or  a  downturn  in  the  markets  we  serve  could  adversely  affect  our  operating 
results and stock price in a material manner. 

A challenging global economic environment could cause substantial reductions  in our revenue and results of operations as  a 
result  of  weaker  demand  by  the  end  users  of  our  products  and  price  erosion.    Price  erosion  may  occur  through  competitors 
becoming more aggressive in pricing practices.  A challenging global economy could also make it difficult for our customers, 
our  vendors,  and  us  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities.    Our  customers  could  also  face  issues  gaining 
timely access to sufficient credit, which could have an adverse effect on our results if such events cause reductions in revenues, 
delays in collection, or write-offs of receivables.   Further, the demand for many of our products is economically sensitive and 
will  vary  with  general  economic  activity,  trends  in  nonresidential  construction,  investment  in  manufacturing  facilities  and 
automation, demand for information and broadcast technology equipment, and other economic factors. 

Global economic uncertainty could result in a significant decline in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, 
which could result in a significant adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations; could make it extremely difficult for 
our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities; and could cause our customers to slow or reduce 
spending on our products and services.  Economic uncertainty could also arise from fiscal policy changes in the countries in 
which we operate. 

Changes  in  foreign  currency  rates  and  commodity  prices  can  impact  the  buying  power  of  our  customers.    For  example,  a 
strengthened U.S. dollar can result in relative price increases for our products for customers outside of the U.S., which can have 
a negative impact on our revenues and results of operations.  Furthermore, customers’ ability to invest in capital expenditures, 
such as our products, can depend upon proceeds from commodities, such as oil and gas markets.  A decline in energy prices, 
therefore, can have a negative impact on our revenues and results of operations. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The global markets in which we operate are highly competitive. 

We face competition from other manufacturers for each of our global business platforms and in each of our geographic regions. 
These  companies  compete  on  price,  reputation  and  quality,  product  technology  and  characteristics,  and  terms.  Some 
multinational competitors have greater engineering, financial, manufacturing, and marketing resources than we have.  Actions 
that  may  be  taken  by  competitors,  including  pricing,  business  alliances,  new  product  introductions,  market  penetration,  and 
other  actions,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  revenues  and  profitability.    Moreover,  some  competitors  that  are  highly 
leveraged both financially and operationally could become more aggressive in their pricing of products. 

Volatility of credit markets could adversely affect our business. 

Uncertainty in U.S. and global financial and equity markets could make it more expensive for us to conduct our operations and 
more difficult for our customers to buy our products.  Additionally, market volatility or uncertainty may cause us to be unable 
to pursue or complete acquisitions.  Our ability to implement our business strategy and grow our business, particularly through 
acquisitions,  may  depend  on  our  ability  to  raise  capital  by  selling  equity  or  debt  securities  or  obtaining  additional  debt 
financing. Market conditions may prevent us from obtaining financing when we need it or on terms acceptable to us. 

We may be unable to achieve our goals related to growth. 

In order to meet the goals in  our strategic plan,  we  must  grow our business, both organically and through acquisitions.  Our 
goal  is  to  generate  total  revenue  growth  of  5-7%  per  year  in  constant  currency.    We  may  be  unable  to  achieve  this  desired 
growth due to a failure to identify growth opportunities, such as trends and technological changes in our end markets.  We may 
ineffectively execute our Market Delivery System (“MDS”),  which is designed to identify and capture growth opportunities.  
The  broadcast,  enterprise,  and  industrial  end  markets  we  serve  may  not  experience  the  growth  we  expect.    Further,  those 
markets may be unable to sustain growth on a long-term basis, particularly in emerging markets.  If we are unable to achieve 
our  goals  related  to  growth,  it  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  position,  and  cash 
flows. 

We may be unable to implement our strategic plan successfully. 

Our strategic plan is designed to continually enhance shareholder value by improving revenues and profitability, reducing costs, 
and improving working capital management. To achieve these goals, our strategic priorities are reliant on our Belden Business 
System,  which  includes  continuing  deployment  of  our  MDS  so  as  to  capture  market  share  through  end-user  engagement, 
channel management, outbound marketing, and careful vertical market selection; improving our recruitment and development 
of  talented  associates;  developing  strong  global  business  platforms;  acquiring  businesses  that  fit  our  strategic  plan;  and 
becoming  a  leading  Lean  company.  We  have  a  disciplined  process  for  deploying  this  strategic  plan  through  our  associates. 
There is a risk that we may not be successful in developing or executing these measures to achieve the expected results for a 
variety of reasons, including market developments, economic conditions, shortcomings in establishing appropriate action plans, 
or challenges with executing multiple initiatives simultaneously. For example, our MDS initiative may not succeed or we may 
lose  market  share  due  to  challenges  in  choosing  the  right  products  to  market  or  the  right  customers  for  these  products, 
integrating  products  of  acquired  companies  into  our  sales  and  marketing  strategy,  or  strategically  bidding  against  OEM 
partners.  We may fail to identify growth opportunities.  We may not be able to acquire businesses that fit our strategic plan on 
acceptable business terms, and we may not achieve our other strategic priorities. 

We may be unable to achieve our strategic priorities in emerging markets. 

Emerging markets are a significant focus of our strategic plan.  The developing nature of these markets presents a number of 
risks.  We  may  be  unable  to  attract,  develop,  and  retain  appropriate  talent  to  manage  our  businesses  in  emerging  markets.  
Deterioration  of  social,  political,  labor,  or  economic  conditions  in  a  specific  country  or  region  may  adversely  affect  our 
operations or financial results.  Emerging markets may not meet our growth expectations, and we may be unable to maintain 
such  growth  or  to  balance  such  growth  with  financial  goals  and  compliance  requirements.   Among  the    risks    in  emerging 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market countries are bureaucratic intrusions and delays, contract compliance failures, engrained business partners that do not 
comply with local or U.S. law, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, fluctuating currencies and interest rates, limitations 
on the amount and nature of investments, restrictions on permissible forms and structures of  investment,  unreliable  legal  and  
financial  infrastructure,  regime disruption  and  political  unrest,  uncontrolled  inflation  and commodity prices,  fierce  local  
competition  by  companies  with  better  political  connections,  and  corruption.    In  addition,  the  costs  of  compliance  with  local 
laws  and  regulations  in  emerging  markets  may  negatively  impact  our  competitive  position  as  compared  to  locally  owned 
manufacturers. 

The  presence  of  substitute  products  in  the  marketplace  may  reduce  demand  for  our  products  and  negatively  impact  our 
business. 

Fiber optic systems are increasingly substitutable for copper based cable systems.  Customers may shift demand to fiber optic 
systems with greater capabilities than copper based cable systems, leading to a reduction in demand for copper based cable. We 
may not be able to offset the effects of a reduction in demand for our copper-based cable systems with an increase in demand 
for our existing fiber optic systems.  Further, the supply chain in the fiber market is highly constrained, with a small number of 
vertically  integrated  firms  controlling  critical  inputs  and  the  related  intellectual  property. These  factors,  either  together  or  in 
isolation, may negatively impact revenue and profitability. 

Our  future  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  introduce  new  products  and  respond  to  changes  in 
customer preferences. 

Our markets are characterized by the introduction of products with increasing technological capabilities.  Our success depends 
in part on our ability to anticipate and offer products that appeal to the changing needs and preferences of our customers in the 
various  markets  we  serve.  Developing  new  products  and  adapting  existing  products  to  meet  evolving  customer  expectations 
requires  high  levels  of  innovation,  and  the  development  process  may  be  lengthy  and  costly.  If  we  are  not  able  to  anticipate, 
identify, develop and market products that respond to changes in customer preferences, demand for our products could decline. 

The relative costs and merits of our solutions could change in the future as various competing technologies address the market 
opportunities.  We  believe  that  our  future  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  enhance  existing  products  and  to 
develop and manufacture new products that meet or anticipate technological changes, which will require continued investment 
in  engineering,  research  and  development,  capital  equipment,  marketing,  customer  service,  and  technical  support.    We  have 
long been successful in introducing successive generations of more capable products, but if we were to fail to keep pace with 
technology  or  with  the  products  of  competitors,  we  might  lose  market  share  and  harm  our  reputation  and  position  as  a 
technology leader in our markets. See the discussion above in Part I, Item 1, under Research and Development. 

The increased prevalence of cloud computing may negatively impact certain aspects of our business. 

The nature in which many of our products are purchased or used is evolving with the increasing prevalence of cloud computing 
and other methods of off-premises computing and data storage.  This may negatively impact one or more of our business in a 
number of ways, including: 

•   Consolidation of procurement power leading to the commoditization of IT products; 
•   Reduction in the demand for infrastructure products previously used to support on-site data centers; 
•   Lowering barriers to entry for certain markets, leading to new market entrants and enhanced competition; 
•   Preferences for software as a service billing and pricing models may reduce demand for non-cloud “packaged” 
software. 

Alterations to our product mix and go-to-market strategies designed to respond to the changes in the marketplace presented by 
cloud  computing  may  be  disruptive  to  our  business  and  lead  to  increase  expenses,  which  may  result  in  lower  revenues  and 
profitability. Further, if a competitor is able to more quickly or efficiently adapt, or if cloud computing results in significantly 
lower barriers to entry and new competitors enter our markets, demand for our products may be reduced. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We must complete further acquisitions in order to achieve our strategic plan. 

In  order  to  meet  the  goals  in  our  strategic  plan,  we  must  complete  further  acquisitions.    The  extent  to  which  appropriate 
acquisitions  are  made  will  affect  our  overall  growth,  operating  results,  financial  condition,  and  cash  flows.  Our  ability  to 
acquire  businesses  successfully  will  decline  if  we  are  unable  to  identify  appropriate  acquisition  targets  consistent  with  our 
strategic  plan,  the  competition  among  potential  buyers  increases,  the  cost  of  acquiring  suitable  businesses  becomes  too 
expensive, or we lack sufficient sources of capital. As a result, we may be unable to make acquisitions or be forced to pay more 
or agree to less advantageous acquisition terms for the companies that we are able to acquire. 

We  may  have  difficulty  integrating  the  operations  of  acquired  businesses,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  results  of 
operations and profitability. 

We may have difficulty integrating acquired businesses and future acquisitions might not meet our performance expectations.  
Some of the integration challenges we might face include differences in corporate culture and management styles, additional or 
conflicting  governmental  regulations,  preparation  of  the  acquired  operations  for  adoption  of ASC  606,  compliance  with  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, financial reporting that is not in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, 
disparate  company  policies  and  practices,  customer  relationship  issues,  and  retention  of  key  personnel.  In  addition, 
management  may  be  required  to  devote  a  considerable  amount  of  time  to  the  integration  process,  which  could  decrease  the 
amount  of  time  we  have  to  manage  the  other  businesses.    We  may  not  be  able  to  integrate  operations  successfully  or  cost-
effectively,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  or  our  profitability.  The  process  of  integrating 
operations could also cause some interruption of, or the loss of momentum in, the activities of acquired businesses. 

Our results of operations are subject to foreign and domestic political, economic, and other uncertainties and are affected 
by changes in currency exchange rates. 

In addition to manufacturing and other operating facilities in the U.S., we have manufacturing and other operating facilities in 
Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Japan,  Mexico,  St.  Kitts,  and  several  European  countries.  We  rely  on  suppliers  in  many  countries, 
including China. Our foreign operations are subject to economic and political risks inherent in maintaining operations abroad 
such as economic and political destabilization, land use risks, international conflicts, restrictive actions by foreign governments, 
and adverse foreign tax laws.  In addition to economic and political risk, a risk associated with our European manufacturing 
operations  is  the  higher  relative  expense  and  length  of  time  required  to  adjust  manufacturing  employment  capacity. We  also 
face political risks in the U.S., including tax or regulatory risks or potential adverse impacts from legislative impasses over, or 
significant legislative, regulatory or executive changes in fiscal or monetary policy and other foreign and domestic government 
policies, including, but not limited to, trade policies and import/export policies. 

Approximately  47%  of  our  sales  are  outside  the  U.S.  Other  than  the  U.S.  dollar,  the  principal  currencies  to  which  we  are 
exposed  through  our  manufacturing  operations,  sales,  and  related  cash  holdings  are  the  euro,  the  Canadian  dollar,  the  Hong 
Kong dollar, the Chinese yuan, the Japanese yen, the Mexican peso, the Australian dollar, the British pound, and the Brazilian 
real.  Generally,  we  have  revenues  and  costs  in  the  same  currency,  thereby  reducing  our  overall  currency  risk,  although  any 
realignment  of  our  manufacturing  capacity  among  our  global  facilities  could  alter  this  balance.  When  the  U.S.  dollar 
strengthens against other currencies, the results of our non-U.S. operations are translated at a lower exchange rate and thus into 
lower reported revenues and earnings. 

Changes in tax laws may adversely affect our financial position. 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  “Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act”  (the  “Act”)  was  signed  into  law.    The Act  significantly  reforms  the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Act, among other things, includes changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposes 
significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, allows  for the immediate  expensing of capital expenditures, 
and puts into effect the migration from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system and imposes several other changes 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to  tax  law  on  U.S.  corporations.  As  many  of  the  provisions  of  the  Act  do  not  come  into  effect  until  2018  and  further 
clarification of the law is expected, the total impact on our financial position is uncertain and could be materially adverse. 

In  addition,  many  countries  in  the  European  Union,  as  well  as  a  number  of  other  countries  and  organizations  such  as  the 
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws.  If tax laws 
and related regulations change, our financial results could be materially impacted. Given the unpredictability of these possible 
changes and their potential interdependency, it is possible such changes could adversely impact our financial results. 

We may experience significant variability in our quarterly and annual effective tax rate which would affect our reported net 
income. 

We  have  a  complex  tax  profile  due  to  the  global  nature  of  our  operations,  which  encompass  multiple  taxing  jurisdictions. 
Variability  in  the  mix  and  profitability  of  domestic  and  international  activities,  identification  and  resolution  of  various  tax 
uncertainties,  changes  in  tax  laws  and  rates,  and  the  extent  to  which  we  are  able  to  realize  net  operating  loss  and  other 
carryforwards included in deferred tax assets and avoid potential adverse outcomes included in deferred tax liabilities, among 
other matters, may significantly affect our effective income tax rate in the future. 

Our effective income tax rate is the result of the income tax rates in the various countries in which we do business. Our mix of 
income and losses in these jurisdictions affects our effective tax rate. For example, relatively more income in higher tax rate 
jurisdictions  would  increase  our  effective  tax  rate  and  thus  lower  our  net  income.  Similarly,  if  we  generate  losses  in  tax 
jurisdictions for which no benefits are available; our effective income tax rate will increase.  Our effective income tax rate may 
also be impacted by the recognition of discrete income tax items, such as required adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain 
tax positions or our deferred tax asset valuation allowance. A significant increase in our effective income tax rate could have a 
material adverse impact on our earnings. 
Of our $561.1 million cash and cash equivalents balance as of December 31, 2017, $184.7 million was held outside of the U.S. 
in our foreign operations. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a one-time transition tax of unremitted foreign earnings, 
and  accordingly,  we  recorded  preliminary  tax  expense  related  to  the  transition  tax  on  the  one-time  mandatory  deemed 
repatriation of all our foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. See Note 16  Income Taxes in the accompanying notes to our 
consolidated financial statements. 

 The increased influence of chief information officers and similar high-level executives may negatively impact demand for 
our products. 

As a result of the increasing interconnectivity of a wide variety of systems, chief information officers and similar executives are 
becoming more heavily involved in operation areas that have not historically been associated with information technology.  As 
a  result,  CIOs  and  IT  departments  are  exercising  increased  influence  over  the  procurement  and  purchasing  process  at  the 
expense of engineers, plant managers and operation personnel that have historically driven demand for many of our products. 
When  making  purchasing  decisions,  CIO’s  often  value  interoperability,  standardization,  cloud-readiness  and  security  over 
domain expertise and niche application knowledge.  As a result of the increasing influences of CIOs and IT departments, we 
may face increased competition from IT-industry companies that have not traditionally had major presences in the markets in 
which we operate.  Further, the variance in considerations that drive purchasing decisions between CIOs and those with niche 
application expertise may result in increased competition based on price and a reduction in demand for our products. 

Potential problems with our information systems could interfere with our business and operations. 

We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for storing proprietary company information about our products 
and  intellectual  property,  as  well  as  for  processing  customer  orders,  manufacturing  and  shipping  products,  billing  our 
customers, tracking inventory, supporting accounting functions and financial statement preparation, paying our employees, and 
otherwise running our business. Any disruption, whether from hackers or other sources, in our information systems or those of 
the third parties upon whom we rely could have a significant impact on our business. In addition, we may need to enhance our 
information  systems to  provide additional  capabilities  and  functionality.  The  implementation  of new  information  systems 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and enhancements is frequently disruptive to the underlying business of an enterprise.  Any disruptions affecting our ability to 
accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis could adversely affect our business in a number of respects. If we 
are  unable  to  successfully  implement  potential  future  information  systems  enhancements,  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, and cash flows could be negatively impacted. 

We,  and  others  on  our  behalf,  store  “personally  identifiable  information”  (“PII”)  with  respect  to  employees,  vendors, 
customers,  and  others.  While  we  have  implemented  safeguards  to  protect  the  privacy  of  this  information,  it  is  possible  that 
hackers or others might obtain this information.  If that occurs, in addition to having to take potentially costly remedial action, 
we also may be subject to fines, penalties, lawsuits, and reputational damage. 

Perceived failure of our signal transmission solutions to provide expected results may result in negative publicity and harm 
our business and operating results. 

Our customers use our signal transmission solutions in a wide variety of IT systems and application environments in order to 
help reduce security vulnerabilities and demonstrate compliance. Despite our efforts to make clear in our marketing materials 
and  customer  agreements  the  capabilities  and  limitations  of  these  products,  some  customers  may  incorrectly  view  the 
deployment  of  such  products  in  their  IT  infrastructure  as  a  guarantee  that  there  will  be  no  security  breach  or  policy  non-
compliance event. As a result, the occurrence of a high profile security breach, or a failure by one of our customers to pass a 
regulatory compliance IT audit, could result in public and customer perception that our solutions are not effective and harm our 
business and operating results, even if the occurrence is unrelated to the use of such products or if the failure is the result of 
actions or inactions on the part of the customer. 

Our use of open source software could negatively impact our ability to sell our products and may subject us to unanticipated 
obligations. 

The products, services, or technologies we acquire, license, provide, or develop may incorporate or use open source software. 
We  monitor  and  restrict  our  use  of  open  source  software  in  an  effort  to  avoid  unintended  consequences,  such  as  reciprocal 
license  grants,  patent  retaliation  clauses,  and  the  requirement  to  license  our  products  at  no  cost.  Nevertheless,  we  may  be 
subject to unanticipated obligations regarding our products which incorporate or use open source software. 

Changes in the price and availability of raw materials we use could be detrimental to our profitability. 

Copper  is  a  significant  component  of  the  cost  of  most  of  our  cable  products.  Over  the  past  few  years,  the  prices  of  metals, 
particularly  copper,  have  been  highly  volatile.  Prices  of  other  materials  we  use,  such  as  polyvinylchloride  (PVC)  and  other 
plastics derived from petrochemical feedstocks, have also been volatile. Generally, we have recovered much of the higher cost 
of raw materials through higher pricing of our finished products. The majority of our products are sold through distribution, and 
we  manage  the  pricing  of  these  products  through  published  price  lists  which  we  update  from  time  to  time,  with  new  prices 
typically  taking effect a few  weeks after they are announced. Some OEM  contracts have provisions for passing through raw 
material  cost  changes,  generally  with  a  lag  of  a  few  weeks  to  three  months.  If  we  are  unable  to  raise  prices  sufficiently  to 
recover our material costs, our earnings could decline. If we raise our prices but competitors raise their prices less, we may lose 
sales, and our earnings could decline. If the price of copper were to decline, we may be compelled to reduce prices to remain 
competitive, which could have a negative effect on revenues.  While we generally believe the supply of raw materials (copper, 
plastics, and other materials) is adequate, we have experienced instances of limited supply of certain raw materials, resulting in 
extended lead times and higher prices.  If a supply interruption or shortage of materials were to occur (including due to labor or 
political disputes), this could have a negative effect on revenues and earnings. 

Our revenue for any particular period can be difficult to forecast due to the unpredictable timing of large orders. 

Our revenue for any particular period can be difficult to forecast, especially in light of the challenging and inconsistent global 
macroeconomic  environment  and  related  market  uncertainty.  Our  revenue  may  grow  at  a  slower  rate  than  in  past  periods  or 
even decline on a year-over-year basis. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The timing of large orders can have a significant effect on our operating results in the period in which the order is recognized as 
revenue. The timing of such orders is difficult to predict, and the timing of revenue recognition from such orders may affect 
period to period changes in revenue. As a result, our operating results could vary materially from quarter to quarter based on the 
receipt  of  such  orders  and  their  ultimate  recognition  as  revenue.    Similarly,  we  are  often  informed  by  our  customers  well  in 
advance that such customer intends to place a  large order related to a specific project in a given quarter.  Such a customer’s 
timeline  for  execution  of  the  project,  and  the  resulting  purchase  order,  may  be  unexpectedly  delayed  to  a  future  quarter,  or 
cancelled. The frequency of such delays can be difficult to predict.  As a result, it is difficult to precisely forecast revenue and 
operating results for future quarters. 

Our revenue and profits would likely decline, at least temporarily, if we were to lose a key distributor. 

We rely on several key distributors in marketing our products. Distributors purchase and carry the products of our competitors 
along with our products. Our largest distributor, Anixter International Inc., accounted for 12% of our revenue in 2017 and our 
top six distributors, including Anixter, accounted for a total of 23% of our revenue in 2017. If we were to lose one of these key 
distributors, our revenue and profits would likely decline, at least temporarily. Changes in the inventory levels of our products 
owned and held by our distributors can result in significant variability in our revenues. Further, certain distributors are allowed 
to  return  certain  inventory  in  exchange  for  an  order  of  equal  or  greater  value.  We  have  recorded  reserves  for  the  estimated 
impact of these inventory policies. 

Consolidation  of  our  distributors,  particularly  where  the  survivor  relies  more  heavily  on  our  competitors,  could  adversely 
impact  our  revenues  and  earnings.  It  could  also  result  in  consolidation  of  distributor  inventory,  which  would  temporarily 
depress our revenues.  We have also experienced financial failure of distributors from time to time, resulting in our inability to 
collect  accounts  receivable  in  full. A  global  economic  downturn  could  cause  financial  difficulties  (including  bankruptcy)  for 
our distributors and other customers, which would adversely affect our results of operations. 

If we are unable to retain senior management and key employees, our business operations could be adversely affected. 

Our success  has been largely  dependent on the  skills, experience, and efforts of our senior management and key employees. 
The  loss  of  any  of  our  senior  management  or  other  key  employees,  for  example  sales  and  product  development  employees, 
could have an adverse effect on us. We may not be able to find qualified replacements for these individuals and the integration 
of potential replacements may be disruptive to our business.  More broadly, a key determinant of our success is our ability to 
attract, develop, and retain talented associates.  While this is one of our strategic priorities, we may not be able to succeed in 
this regard. 

We  might  have  difficulty  protecting  our  intellectual  property  from  use  by  competitors,  or  competitors  might  accuse  us  of 
violating their intellectual property rights. 

Disagreements about patents and other intellectual property rights occur in the markets we  serve. Third parties have asserted 
and may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel 
partners  for  which  we  may  be  liable.  Furthermore,  a  successful  claimant  could  secure  a  judgment  that  requires  us  to  pay 
substantial  damages  or  prevents  us  from  distributing  certain  products  or  performing  certain  services.      We  may  encounter 
difficulty  enforcing  our  own  intellectual  property  rights  against  third  parties,  which  could  result  in  price  erosion  or  loss  of 
market share. 

We  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations  worldwide,  changes  to  which  could  increase  our  costs  and  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate adversely affect our business. 

We are subject to laws and regulations affecting our domestic and international operations in a number of areas. These U.S. and 
foreign laws and regulations affect our activities including, but not limited to, in areas of labor, advertising, real estate, billing, 
e-commerce, promotions, quality of services, property ownership and infringement, tax, import and export requirements, anti-

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corruption,  foreign  exchange  controls  and  cash  repatriation  restrictions,  data  privacy  requirements,  anti-competition, 
environmental, health and safety. 

Compliance with these laws, regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and they may be inconsistent 
from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business. Any such costs, which may rise 
in the future as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate 
make our products and services less attractive to our customers, delay the introduction of new products in one or more regions, 
or  cause  us  to  change  or  limit  our  business  practices.  We  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will 
not violate such laws and regulations or our policies and procedures. 

Specifically  with respect to data privacy, the European Commission has approved a data protection regulation, known as the 
General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which has been finalized and is due to come into force in or around May 2018. 
The  GDPR  will  include  operational  requirements  for  companies  that  receive  or  process  personal  data  of  residents  of  the 
European  Union  that  are  different  than  those  currently  in  place  in  the  European  Union,  and  that  will  include  significant 
penalties  for  non-compliance.  In  addition,  some  countries  are  considering  or  have  passed  legislation  implementing  data 
protection requirements or requiring local storage and processing of data or similar requirements that could increase the cost 
and complexity of delivering our services. 

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we would be required to recognize charges that would reduce 
our income. 

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., goodwill and certain other intangible assets are not amortized but 
must  be  reviewed  for  possible  impairment  annually  or  more  often  in  certain  circumstances  if  events  indicate  that  the  asset 
values may not be recoverable. We have incurred significant charges for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets 
in the past, and we may be required to do so again in future periods if the underlying value of our business declines.  Such  a 
charge would reduce our income without any change to our underlying cash flows. 

Some of our employees are members of collective bargaining groups, and we might be subject to labor actions that would 
interrupt our business. 

Some of our employees, primarily outside the U.S., are members of collective bargaining groups. We believe that our relations 
with  employees  are  generally  good.  However,  if  there  were  a  dispute  with  one  of  these  bargaining  groups,  the  affected 
operations could be interrupted, resulting in lost revenues, lost profit contribution, and customer dissatisfaction. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.   

Properties 

Belden owns and leases  manufacturing,  warehousing, sales, and administrative space in locations around the  world. We also 
have a corporate office that we lease in St. Louis, Missouri. The leases are of varying terms, expiring from 2018 through 2027. 

The  table  below  summarizes  the  geographic  locations  of  our  manufacturing  and  other  operating  facilities  utilized  by  our 
segments as of December 31, 2017. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brazil 
Canada 

China 

Czech Republic 

Denmark 

Germany 

Hungary 

Italy 

Japan 

Mexico 

Netherlands 

St. Kitts 

United Kingdom 

United States 

Total 

Broadcast 
Solutions 

Enterprise 
Solutions 

Industrial 
Solutions 

Network 
Solutions 

Utilized by 
Multiple 
Segments 

Total 

—   
1   
1   
—   
1   
—   
—   
—   
1   
1   
1   
1   
2   
1   
10   

—   
—   
—   
—   
1   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
1   
2   

1   
1   
—   
1   
—   
2   
—   
—   
—   
—   
1   
—   
—   
4   
10   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
2   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
1   
3   

—   
—   
1   
—   
—   
—   
1   
1   
—   
2   
—   
—   
—   
7   
12   

1  
2  
2  
1  
2  
4  
1  
1  
1  
3  
2  
1  
2  
14  
37  

In addition to the manufacturing and other operating facilities summarized above, our segments also utilize approximately 30 
warehouses worldwide. As of December 31, 2017, we owned or leased a total of approximately 7 million square feet of facility 
space worldwide. We believe that our production facilities are suitable for their present and intended purposes and adequate for 
our current level of operations. 

Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings 

PPC  Broadband,  Inc.  v.  Corning  Optical  Communications  RF,  LLC  -  On  July  5,  2011,  the  Company’s  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, PPC Broadband, Inc. (“PPC”), filed an action for patent infringement  in the  U.S. District Court  for the Northern 
District  of  New  York  against  Corning  Optical  Communications  RF  LLC  (“Corning”).  The  Complaint  alleged  that  Corning 
infringed  two  of  PPC’s  patents  -  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  6,558,194  and  6,848,940  -  each  entitled  “Connector  and  Method  of 
Operation.” In July 2015, a jury found that Corning willfully infringed both patents.  In November 2016, following a series of 
post-trial motions, the trial judge issued rulings for a total judgment in our favor of approximately $61.3 million.  On December 
2, 2016, Corning appealed the case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and that appeal remains pending.  We 
have not recorded any amounts in our consolidated financial statements related to this matter due to the pendency of the appeal. 

We are also a party to various legal proceedings and administrative actions that are incidental to our operations. In our opinion, 
the  proceedings  and  actions  in  which  we  are  involved  should  not,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our financial condition, operating results, or cash flows. However, since the trends and outcome of this litigation are 
inherently uncertain, we cannot give absolute assurance regarding the future resolution of such litigation, or that such litigation 
may not become material in the future. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BDC.” 

As of February 9, 2018, there were 269 record holders of common stock of Belden Inc. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We declared a dividend of $0.05 per share of common stock in each quarter of 2017 and 2016. We anticipate that comparable 
cash dividends will continue to be paid quarterly in the foreseeable future. 

Common Stock Prices and Dividends 

Dividends per common share 
Common stock prices: 

High 

Low 

Dividends per common share 
Common stock prices: 

High 

Low 

1 

1 

2017 (By Quarter) 

2 

3 

0.05    $ 

0.05    $ 

0.05    $ 

79.88    $ 
65.65    $ 

78.93    $ 
64.60    $ 

81.35    $ 
70.03    $ 

2016 (By Quarter) 

2 

3 

0.05    $ 

0.05    $ 

0.05    $ 

62.78    $ 
36.51    $ 

67.19    $ 
54.97    $ 

75.91    $ 
56.95    $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4 

4 

0.05  

86.85  
77.16  

0.05  

81.33  
60.06  

In  May  2017,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program,  which  allowed  us  to  purchase  up  to  $200.0 
million  of  our  common  stock  through  open  market  repurchases,  negotiated  transactions,  or  other  means,  in  accordance  with 
applicable  securities  laws  and  other  restrictions.  This  program  is  funded  by  cash  on  hand  and  cash  flows  from  operating 
activities. The program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended at any time at the discretion of the Company. 
During 2017 and from inception of the plan, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of our common stock under the program for an 
aggregate cost of $25.0 million and an average price per share of $79.75. Set forth below is information regarding our stock 
repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2017. 

Period 

October 2, 2017 through November 5, 2017 

November 6, 2017 through December 3, 2017 

December 4, 2017 through December 31, 2017 

     Total 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share   

Total Number of Shares 
Repurchased as Part of 
Publicly Announced Plans or 
Programs 

Approximate Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet be 
Purchased Under the Plans or 
Programs 

—    $ 
42,094    
120,290    
162,384    $ 

—    
84.22    
82.70    
83.09    

—    $ 
42,094    
120,290    
162,384    $ 

188,492,482  
184,947,439  
175,000,000  
175,000,000  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  Belden’s  common  stock  over  the  five-year  period 
ended December 31, 2017, with the cumulative total return during such period of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index and 
the  Standard  and  Poor’s  1500  Industrials  Index.  The  comparison  assumes  $100  was  invested  on  December 31,  2012,  in 
Belden’s common stock and in each of the foregoing indices and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance 
shown  on  the  graph  below  represents  historical  stock  performance  and  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  stock  price 
performance. 

(1)  The chart above and the accompanying data are “furnished,” not “filed,” with the SEC. 

Total Return To Shareholders 
(Includes reinvestment of dividends) 

Company Name / Index 

Belden Inc. 

S&P 500 Index 

S&P 1500 Industrials Index 

Company Name / Index 

Belden Inc. 

S&P 500 Index 

S&P 1500 Industrials Index 

2013 

57.1 %  

32.4 %  

41.2 %  

ANNUAL RETURN PERCENTAGE 
Years Ending December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

12.2 %  

13.7 %  

8.5 %  

(39.3 )%  

1.4  %  

(2.7 )%  

57.3 %  

12.0 %  

20.4 %  

INDEXED RETURNS 
Years Ending December 31, 

2017 

3.5 % 

21.8 % 

21.1 % 

Base Period 
2012 

2013 

2014 

 $ 

100.00     $ 
100.00    
100.00    

  $ 

157.13  
132.39  
141.19  

  $ 

176.27  
150.51  
153.15  

  $ 

2015 
106.99  
152.59  
149.00  

2016 

2017 

  $ 

168.29  
170.84  
179.40  

174.15  
208.14  
217.19  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Balance sheet data: 

Total assets 

Long-term debt 

Long-term debt, including current 
maturities 
Total stockholders’ equity 

Statement of operations data: 

Revenues 

Operating income 

Operating income margin 

Income from continuing operations 

Basic income per share from continuing 
operations attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Diluted income per share from continuing 
operations attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Other data: 

Basic weighted average common shares 
outstanding 

Diluted weighted average common shares 
outstanding 

Dividends per common share 

$ 

Statement of cash flow data: 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

2013 

(In thousands, except per share amounts and percentages) 

$ 

3,840,613  
1,560,748  

  $ 

3,806,803  
1,620,161  

  $ 

3,290,602  
1,725,282  

  $ 

3,232,202  
1,736,954  

  $ 

2,728,687  
1,341,470  

1,560,748 
1,434,866  

1,620,161 
1,461,317  

2,388,643  
234,690  

9.8 %  

92,853  

2,356,672  
223,853  

9.5 %  

127,646  

1,727,782 
825,523  

2,309,222  
140,553  

6.1 %  

66,508  

1,739,454 
807,186  

1,343,970 
836,541  

2,308,265  
163,119  

7.1 %  

74,432  

2,069,193  
201,262  

9.7 % 

104,734  

1.38 

2.67 

1.57 

1.72 

2.39 

1.37 

2.65 

1.55 

1.69 

2.34 

42,220 

42,093 

42,390 

43,273 

43,871 

42,643 
0.20  

  $ 

42,557 
0.20  

  $ 

42,953 
0.20  

  $ 

43,997 
0.20  

  $ 

44,737 
0.20  

Net cash provided by operating activities 

255,300  

314,794  

241,460  

200,887  

175,335  

Adjusted results: 

Adjusted revenues 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin 

Free cash flow 

Consolidated Results 

2,388,643  
434,276  

18.2 %  

192,078  

2,357,805  
431,201  

18.3 %  

261,212  

2,360,583  
400,688  

17.0 %  

187,024  

2,320,219  
359,425  

15.5 %  

157,312  

2,084,490  
327,210  

15.7 % 

138,295  

Since  2013,  we  have  grown  our  revenues  by  15.4%,  from  $2.1  billion  in  2013  to  $2.4  billion  in  2017,  representing  a  2.9% 
compounded  annual  growth  rate  for  that  period.  The  majority  of  our  revenue  growth  has  been  the  result  of  our  inorganic 
initiatives, described below, as we have been operating in a period of modest end market growth rates. 

The trends in our operating income and income from continuing operations from 2013-2017 have been impacted by a number 
of acquisitions, dispositions, productivity improvement programs, and other matters, as follows: 

•  

During  2017,  we  recognized  a  $52.4  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  related  to  our  debt  refinancing 
transactions  during  the  year;  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $42.8  million 
related to a number of productivity improvement programs; and acquired Thinklogical Holdings, LLC in our 
fiscal second quarter.  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  

•  

•  

•  

During  2016,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $38.8  million 
related to a number of productivity improvement programs. In addition, we acquired M2FX Limited in our 
fiscal first quarter. 

During  2015,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $47.2  million 
related to a  number of productivity improvement programs. In addition,  we acquired Tripwire in our  fiscal 
first quarter. We also recognized $9.2 million of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of 
acquiree stock based compensation awards related to our acquisition of Tripwire. 

During  2014,  we  recognized  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  of  $70.8  million 
related  to  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses  and  a  productivity  improvement  program.  In  2014,  we 
acquired Grass Valley, ProSoft, and Coast. We recognized purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions, 
including the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value, of $8.4 million. 

During  2013,  we  recognized  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs,  including  accelerated  depreciation 
expense,  of  $19.8  million,  primarily  related  to  plant  consolidation  activities  in  our  Broadcast  segment,  and 
purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  including  the  adjustment  of  acquired  inventory  to  fair 
value, of $6.6 million. In 2013, we acquired Softel in our fiscal first quarter. 

See  further  discussion  of  our  acquisitions  and  productivity  improvement  programs  in  Notes  3  and  13  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

Since  2013,  we  have  grown  our  operating  cash  flow  by  45.6%,  from  $175.3  million  in  2013  to  $255.3  million  in  2017, 
representing a 7.8% compounded annual growth rate for that period. Our strong operating cash flow is driven by our earnings 
growth, coupled with our efficient use of working capital. 

Adjusted Results 

Since 2013, we have grown our Adjusted Revenues by 14.6%, from $2.1 billion in 2013 to $2.4 billion in 2017, representing a 
2.8% compounded annual growth rate for that period. The majority of our Adjusted Revenue growth has been the result of our 
inorganic initiatives, described above, as we have been operating in a period of modest end market growth rates. 

We have grown our Adjusted EBITDA by 32.7%, from $327.2 million in 2013 to $434.3 million in 2017, representing a 5.8% 
compounded  annual  growth  rate  for  that  period. Adjusted EBITDA  has  grown  due  to  the  results  of  our  inorganic  initiatives, 
described above, which have transformed our product portfolio. Importantly, however, our Adjusted EBITDA has also grown 
due to the impact of productivity improvement programs, as we are committed to continuously improving our cost structure in 
a low organic growth environment. Furthermore, our Adjusted EBITDA has improved as Lean enterprise techniques have been 
applied at our acquired companies. These factors have all led to the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA margins from 15.7% in 
2013 to 18.2% in 2017. 

Since 2013, our free cash flow has increased by 38.9% from $138.3 million in 2013 to $192.1 million in 2017, representing a 
6.8% compounded annual growth rate for that period. Our strong free cash flow is driven by our earnings growth, coupled with 
our efficient use of working capital and fixed assets. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information 

Adjusted Revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and free cash flow are non-GAAP financial  measures. In 
addition  to  reporting  financial  results  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States,  we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including:  asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value, and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs.  We 
adjust for the items  listed above in all periods presented,  unless the impact is clearly immaterial to our  financial  statements.  

22 

 
When  we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and  deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability. 

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results 
to previous periods and provide important insights into underlying trends in the business and how management oversees our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis.  As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities.  We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies.   Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts 
of fair value adjustments because they generally are not related to the acquired businesses' core business performance.  As an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses.  We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.    We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

We  define  free cash  flow,  which is a  non-GAAP financial  measure, as net cash  from operating activities adjusted for capital 
expenditures net of the proceeds from the disposal of tangible assets. Prior to 2017, free cash flow was also adjusted for cash 
payments  for  severance  and  other  costs  for  the  integration  of  our  acquisition  of  Grass  Valley,  non-recurring  tax  payments 
related to certain divestitures, and the settlement of a tax sharing agreement.  The prior periods have been recasted to conform 
with  this  change  in  the  definition  of  free  cash  flow.  We  believe  free  cash  flow  provides  useful  information  to  investors 
regarding our ability to generate cash from business operations that is available for acquisitions and other investments, service 
of debt principal, dividends and share repurchases.  We use free cash flow, as defined, as one financial measure to monitor and 
evaluate  performance  and  liquidity.    Non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  be  considered  only  in  conjunction  with  financial 
measures reported according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  Our definition of free cash flow 
may differ from definitions used by other companies. 

Adjusted results should be considered only in conjunction  with results reported according  to accounting principles  generally 
accepted in the United States. The following tables reconcile our GAAP results to our non-GAAP financial measures: 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
GAAP revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Patent settlement (2) 

Adjusted revenues 

$ 

$ 

2,388,643  
—  
—  
2,388,643  

December 31, 2017 

  December 31, 2016 

Years Ended 
December 31, 2015 

  December 31, 2014 

  December 31, 2013 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,356,672  
6,687  
(5,554 )   

  $ 

  $ 

2,357,805  

128,003 
95,050  
2,342  
(1,185 ) 

— 

— 

93,210 
82,901  
52,441  
6,495  

— 

— 

(357 )   

103,997  

(357 )   

98,385  

56 
45,597  

42,790 
—  
—  

6,133 
—  
1,013  
434,276  

  $ 

3.9 %  

18.2 %  

— 
47,208  

38,770 
23,931  
6,687  

(2,079 ) 

(5,554 ) 
—  
431,201  

  $ 

5.4 %  

18.3 %  

2,309,222  
51,361  
—  
2,360,583  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

66,204 
100,613  
—  
(26,568 )   

242 

86 

(24 )   

103,791  

— 
46,551  

47,170 
—  
52,876  

9,747 
—  
—  
400,688  

  $ 

2.9 %  

17.0 %  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,308,265  
11,954  
—  
2,320,219  

74,449 
81,573  
—  
7,114  

(579 )   

562 
—  
58,426  

— 
43,736  

70,827 
—  
10,777  

2,069,193  
15,297  
—  
2,084,490  

103,313 
72,601  
1,612  
22,315  

1,421 

— 
—  
50,803  

— 
43,648  

14,888 
—  
11,337  

12,540 
—  
—  
359,425  

  $ 

3.2 %  

15.5 %  

6,550 
—  
(1,278 ) 
327,210  

5.0 % 

15.7 % 

GAAP net income attributable to Belden  $ 

Interest expense, net 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

Loss (Income) from discontinued 
operations 
Loss from disposal of discontinued 
operations 
Noncontrolling interest 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Amortization of software 
development intangible assets 
Depreciation expense 

Severance, restructuring, and 
acquisition integration costs (3) 
Impairment of assets held for sale (4) 
Deferred gross profit adjustments (1) 
Purchase accounting effects related 
to acquisitions (5) 
Patent settlement (2) 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets (4) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

$ 

GAAP net income margin 

Adjusted EBITDA margin 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Our  adjusted  results  include  revenues  that  would  have  been  recorded  by  acquired  businesses  had  they  remained  as  independent 
entities.  Our consolidated results do not include these revenues due to the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred revenue 
at fair value.  

Both our consolidated revenues and gross profit were positively impacted by royalty revenues received during 2016 that related to 
years prior to 2016 as a result of a patent settlement. 

See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities, for details. 

In  2017  and  2016,  we  recognized  a  $1.0  million  loss  on  sale  of  assets  and  $23.9  million  impairment  of  assets  held  for  sale, 
respectively, for the sale of our MCS business and Hirschmann JV. See Note 4, Assets Held for Sale, for details. 

In  2017,  we  recognized  $6.1  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of  acquired  inventory  to  fair  value  for  our 
Thinklogical acquisition.  In 2016, we made a $3.2 million adjustment to reduce the earn-out liability associated with the M2FX 
acquisition.    This  adjustment  was  partially  offset  by  $0.8  million  and  $0.2    million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of 
acquired inventory to fair value related our Enterprise segment and M2FX acquisition, respectively. In 2015, we recognized $9.2 
million of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of acquiree stock based compensation awards associated with 
our acquisition of Tripwire. In addition, we recognized $0.3 million of cost of sales related to the adjustment of acquired inventory 
to fair value related to our acquisition of Coast and $0.3 million of acquisition related transaction costs. In 2014, we recognized 
$8.4  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of  acquired  inventory  to  fair  value  for  our  acquisitions  of  Grass  Valley, 
ProSoft, and Coast, as well as $4.1 million of acquisition related transaction costs. In 2013, we recognized $6.6 million of cost of 
sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of  acquired  inventory  to  fair  value  for  our  acquisition  of  PPC  Broadband.  See  Note  3  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, Acquisitions. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles our GAAP results to our non-GAAP financial measures: 

Years ended December 31, 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the 
disposal of tangible assets 

Free cash flow 

2016 

2017 

2015 
(In thousands) 
$  255,300     $  314,794     $  241,460     $  200,887     $  175,335  

2014 

2013 

(63,222 )  

(37,040 ) 
$  192,078     $  261,212     $  187,024     $  157,312     $  138,295  

(53,582 )  

(43,575 )  

(54,436 )  

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview 

We are an innovative signal transmission solutions company built around four global business platforms – Broadcast Solutions, 
Enterprise  Solutions,  Industrial  Solutions,  and  Network  Solutions.  Our  comprehensive  portfolio  of  signal  transmission 
solutions provides industry leading secure and reliable transmission of data, sound, and video for mission critical applications. 

We strive to create shareholder value by: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Delivering highly engineered signal transmission solutions for mission-critical applications in a diverse set of 
global markets; 

Maintaining a balanced product portfolio across end markets, applications, and geographies that allows for a 
disciplined approach to growth; 

Capturing  additional  market  share  by  using  our  Market  Delivery  System  to  improve  channel  and  end-user 
relationships  and  to  concentrate  sales  efforts  on  customers  in  higher  growth  geographies  and  vertical  end-
markets; 

Managing our product portfolio to provide innovative and complete end-to-end solutions for our customers in 
applications for which we have operational expertise and can drive customer loyalty; 

Acquiring  leading  companies  with  innovative  product  portfolios  and  opportunities  for  synergies  which  fit 
within our strategic framework; 

Continuously  improving  our  people,  processes,  and  systems  through  scalable,  flexible,  and  sustainable 
business systems for talent management, Lean enterprise, and acquisition cultivation and integration; and 

Protecting and enhancing the value of the Belden brands. 

We  believe  our  business  system,  balance  across  markets  and  geographies,  systematic  go-to-market  approach,  extensive 
portfolio  of  innovative  solutions,  commitment  to  Lean  principles,  and  improving  margin  profile  present  a  unique  value 
proposition for our shareholders. 

We consider Adjusted revenue growth on a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA margin, free cash flows, and return on 
invested capital to be our key operating performance indicators. Our current business goals are to: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

Grow Adjusted Revenues on a constant currency basis by 5-7% per year, from a combination of end market 
growth, market share capture, and contributions from acquisitions; 

Achieve Adjusted EBITDA margins in the range of 20-22%; 

Achieve free cash flow growth in the range of 13-15%; and 

Realize return on invested capital of 13-15%. 

Significant Trends and Events in 2017 

The  following  trends  and  events  during  2017  had  varying  effects  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and  cash 
flows. 

Foreign currency 

Our exposure to currency rate fluctuations primarily relates to exchange rate movements between the U.S. dollar and the euro, 
Canadian dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Chinese yuan, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Australian dollar, British pound, and Brazilian 
real.  Generally,  as  the  U.S.  dollar  strengthens  against  these  foreign  currencies,  our  revenues  and  earnings  are  negatively 

26 

 
 
 
 
impacted as our foreign denominated revenues and earnings are translated into U.S. dollars at a lower rate. Conversely, as the 
U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies, our revenues and earnings are positively impacted. 

In  addition  to  the  translation  impact  described  above,  currency  rate  fluctuations  have  an  economic  impact  on  our  financial 
results. As the U.S. dollar strengthens or weakens against foreign currencies, it results in a relative price increase or decrease 
for certain of our products that are priced in U.S. dollars in a foreign location. 

Commodity Prices 

Our  operating  results  can  be  affected  by  changes  in  prices  of  commodities,  primarily  copper  and  compounds,  which  are 
components in some of the products we sell. Generally, as the costs of inventory purchases increase due to higher commodity 
prices,  we raise selling prices to customers to cover the increase in costs, resulting in higher sales revenue but a lower gross 
profit  percentage.  Conversely,  a  decrease  in  commodity  prices  would  result  in  lower  sales  revenue  but  a  higher  gross  profit 
percentage.  Selling  prices  of  our  products  are  affected  by  many  factors,  including  end  market  demand,  capacity  utilization, 
overall economic conditions, and commodity prices. Importantly, however, there is no exact measure of the effect of changing 
commodity prices, as there are thousands of transactions in any given quarter, each of which has various factors involved in the 
individual pricing decisions. Therefore, all references to the effect of copper prices or other commodity prices are estimates. 

Channel Inventory 

Our  operating  results  also  can  be  affected  by  the  levels  of  Belden  products  purchased  and  held  as  inventory  by  our  channel 
partners and customers. Our channel partners and customers purchase and hold our products in their inventory in order to meet 
the service and on-time delivery requirements of their customers. Generally, as our channel partners and customers change the 
level  of  Belden  products  owned  and  held  in  their  inventory,  it  impacts  our  revenues.  Comparisons  of  our  results  between 
periods can be impacted by changes in the levels of channel inventory. We are dependent upon our channel partners to provide 
us with information regarding the amount of our products that they own and hold in their inventory. As such, all references to 
the effect of channel inventory changes are estimates. 

Market Growth and Market Share 

The  markets  in  which  we  operate  can  generally  be  characterized  as  highly  competitive  and  highly  fragmented,  with  many 
players. Based on available data for our served markets, we estimate that our market share across our segments is significant, 
ranging  from  approximately  5%  -  20%.  A  substantial  acquisition  in  one  of  our  served  markets  would  be  necessary  to 
meaningfully  change  our  estimated  market  share  percentage.  We  monitor  available  data  regarding  market  growth,  including 
independent  market  research  reports,  publicly  available  indices,  and  the  financial  results  of  our  direct  and  indirect  peer 
companies,  in  order  to  estimate  the  extent  to  which  our  served  markets  grew  or  contracted  during  a  particular  period.  We 
generally  expect  that  our  unit  sales  volume  will  increase  or  decrease  consistently  with  the  market  growth  rate.  Our  strategic 
goal  is  to  utilize  our  Market  Delivery  System  to  target  faster  growing  geographies,  applications,  and  trends  within  our  end 
markets, in order to achieve growth that is higher than the general market growth rate. To the extent that we exceed the market 
growth rates, we consider it to be the result of capturing market share. 

Operating Segments 

To leverage the Company's strengths in networking, IoT, and cybersecurity technologies, effective January 1, 2017, we formed 
a new segment called Network Solutions, which represents the combination of the prior Industrial IT Solutions and Network 
Security  Solutions  segments.   The  formation  was  a  natural  evolution  in  our  organic  and  inorganic  strategies  for  a  range  of 
industrial  and  non-industrial  applications.  We  revised  the  prior  period  segment  information  to  conform  to  the  change  in  the 
composition  of  these  reportable  segments.   In  connection  with  this  change,  we  re-evaluated  the  useful  life  of  the  Tripwire 
trademark and concluded that an indefinite life is no longer appropriate.  We have estimated a useful life of 10 years and will 
re-evaluate this estimate if and when our expected use of the Tripwire trademark changes.  We began amortizing the Tripwire 
trademark in the first quarter of 2017, which resulted in amortization expense of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2017.  As of December 31, 2017, the net book value of the Tripwire trademark was $27.9 million.  See Notes 6 and 11. 

27 

 
Acquisitions 

We  completed  the  acquisitions  of Thinklogical  Holdings,  LLC  (Thinklogical)  on  May  31,  2017;  M2FX  Limited  (M2FX)  on 
January 7, 2016; and Tripwire Inc. (Tripwire) on January 2, 2015. The results of Thinklogical and M2FX have been included in 
our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  their  respective  acquisition  dates  and  are  reported  in  the  Broadcast  Solutions 
segment. The results of Tripwire have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition date and are 
reported in the Network Solutions segment. 

Assets Held for Sale 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we committed to a plan to sell our MCS business and Hirschmann JV and determined that 
we met all of the criteria to classify the assets and liabilities of these businesses as held for sale.  During 2016, we reached an 
agreement in principle to sell this disposal group for a total sales price of $39 million.  As the carrying value of the disposal 
group exceeded the fair value less costs to sell, which we determined based on the expected sales price, by $23.9 million, we 
recognized an impairment charge equal to this amount in 2016.  Effective December 31, 2017, we sold the MCS business and 
Hirschmann JV and recognized a loss on sale of the assets of $1.0 million.  See Note 4. 

Long-Term Debt 

In July 2017, we issued €450.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated notes due 2027 at an interest 
rate of 3.375%.  We used the net proceeds of this offering and cash on hand to repurchase all of our outstanding $700.0 million 
5.5% senior subordinated notes due 2022.  In September 2017, we issued €300.0 million aggregate principal amount of new 
senior  subordinated  notes  due  2025  at  an  interest  rate  of  2.875%.    We  used  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  to  repurchase 
€300.0  million  of  our  outstanding  €500.0  million  5.5%  senior  subordinated  notes  due  2023.  We  recognized  a  loss  on  debt 
extinguishment of approximately $51.6 million for the premium paid to the bond holders to retire the 2022 and 2023 notes and 
for the unamortized debt issuance costs that we wrote off.  In connection with these debt transactions, we paid $15.0 million of 
fees, which we will amortize over the life of the respective Notes. Additionally, in June 2017, we repaid all of the outstanding 
$5.2 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2019, plus accrued interest, and recognized an 
immaterial loss on debt extinguishment related to unamortized debt issuance costs.  

In  May  2017,  we  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  Revolver)  to  amend  and  restate  our  prior 
Revolving Credit Agreement. The Revolver provides a $400.0 million multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility.  We 
recognized  a  $0.8  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  for  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  related  to  creditors  no  longer 
participating in the new Revolver. In connection with executing the Revolver, we paid $2.3 million of fees to creditors and third 
parties  that  we  will  amortize  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  Revolver.  As  of  December 31,  2017,  we  had  no  borrowings 
outstanding on the Revolver, and our available borrowing capacity was $348.6 million.  See Note 14. 

Productivity Improvement Programs 

Industrial Manufacturing Footprint Program:  2016-2017 
In the first quarter of 2016, we began a program to  consolidate our manufacturing footprint. The manufacturing consolidation 
is expected to be completed in 2018. We recognized $30.6 million and $17.8 million of severance and other restructuring costs 
for  this  program  during  2017  and  2016,  respectively. The  costs  were  incurred  by  the  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Industrial 
Solutions segments, as the manufacturing locations involved in the program serve both platforms. To date, we have incurred a 
total of $48.4 million in severance and other restructuring costs, including manufacturing inefficiencies for this program. We 
expect  to  incur  approximately  $6  million  of  additional  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs  for  this  program  in  2018. We 
expect that the program will generate approximately $13 million of savings on an annualized basis, which we began to realize 
in the third quarter of 2017. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

Consolidated Income from Continuing Operations before Taxes 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

Percentage Change 

2,388,643    $ 
934,039   
461,022   
134,330   
103,997   
—   
234,690   
82,901   
52,441   

2,356,672    $ 
980,994   
494,224   
140,601   
98,385   
23,931   
223,853   
95,050   
2,342   

2,309,222   
918,173   
525,518   
148,311   
103,791   
—   
140,553   
100,613   
—   

1.4  %  

(4.8 )%  
(6.7 )%  
(4.5 )%  

5.7  %  

(100.0 )%  

4.8  %  

(12.8 )%  

2,139.2  %  

2.1  % 

6.8  % 

(6.0 )% 

(5.2 )% 

(5.2 )% 

n/a 

59.3  % 

(5.5 )% 

n/a 

99,348 

126,461 

39,940 

(21.4 )%  

216.6  % 

Revenues 

Gross profit 

$ 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Research and development 

Amortization of intangibles 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

Operating income 

Interest expense, net 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Income from continuing operations before 
taxes 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Revenues increased in 2017 from 2016 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $30.8 million to the increase in revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $13.0 million to the increase in revenues. 

Currency translation had a $12.2 million favorable impact on revenues. 

Lower sales volume resulted in a $24.1 million decrease in revenues.  

Gross  profit  decreased  $47.0 million  in  2017  from  2016,  and  gross  profit  margin  decreased  250  basis  points  from  41.6%  in 
2016 to 39.1% in 2017.  The decrease in gross profit and margin is primarily attributable to the decrease in lower sales volume 
discussed  above;  increases  in  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  and  increases  in  copper  costs. 
Increases in copper prices result in higher revenues as discussed above, but as they have minimal impact to gross profit dollars, 
resulting in lower gross profit margins. Gross profit for 2017 included $32.6 million of severance, restructuring, and acquisition 
integration costs; $6.1 million of cost of sales arising from the adjustment of inventory to fair value related to an acquisition; 
and $0.8 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. Gross profit for 2016 included $12.3 million 
of  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  $1.0  million  of  cost  of  sales  arising  from  the  adjustment  of 
inventory to fair value related to acquisitions; and $0.9 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $33.2 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to a $15.7 million 
decrease  in  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  and  improved  productivity.    Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses included $10.0 million of severance, restructuring, and integration costs in 2017 as compared to $25.7 
million in 2016. The remaining decrease is primarily due to realized benefits from our productivity improvement initiatives. 

Research and development decreased by $6.3 million in 2017 from 2016 primarily due to productivity improvement initiatives, 
which  contributed  $8.8  million  to  the  decline  in  research  and  development  costs,  partially  offset  by  $2.7  million  from  the 
acquisition of Thinklogical. 

29 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $5.6  million  in  2017  from  2016  primarily  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Thinklogical  and 
amortization  from  the Tripwire  trademark,  which  we  began  amortizing  in  2017. These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  the 
intangible assets classified as held for sale for which we ceased amortizing in the fourth quarter of 2016 (see Note 11). 

In 2016, we  recognized a $23.9 million impairment of assets held for sale  related to our MCS business and Hirschmann JV.  
The amount of the impairment of assets held for sale represents the excess carrying value over the fair value of the assets.  See 
Note 4, Assets Held for Sale. 

Operating income increased by $10.8 million in 2017 from 2016 primarily  due to the impairment of assets held for sale in the 
prior  year  and  the  decline  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  gross  profit 
discussed above. 

Interest  expense  decreased  $12.2  million  in  2017  from  2016  due  to  our  recent  financing  activities.  In  July  2017,  we  issued 
€450.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated notes due 2027 at an interest rate of 3.375%.  We used 
the net proceeds of this offering and cash on hand to repurchase all of our outstanding $700.0 million 5.5% senior subordinated 
notes due 2022.  In September 2017, we issued €300.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior subordinated notes 
due  2025  at  an  interest  rate  of  2.875%.    We  used  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  to  repurchase  €300.0  million  of  our 
outstanding €500.0 million 5.5% senior subordinated notes due 2023. See Note 14. 

Loss on debt extinguishment increased $50.1 million in 2017 from 2016.  The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 2017 
represents the premium paid to the bond holders to retire the 2022 and 2023 notes and for the unamortized debt issuance costs 
written off for the 2022 Notes, 2023 Notes, and creditors no longer participating in the Revolving Credit Agreement, which we 
refinanced in May 2017. The loss on debt extinguishment recognized in 2016 represents the unamortized debt issuance costs 
written off for the Term Loan that we repaid in 2016. See Note 14. 

Income from continuing operations before taxes decreased by $27.2 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to the increase  in 
loss on debt extinguishment discussed above. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

Revenues increased in 2016 from 2015 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Increases in sales volume resulted in an increase in revenues of $26.2 million. An increase in volume within 
our broadcast and enterprise markets was partially offset by soft demand for our industrial products. From a 
geographic perspective, volume growth was most notable in Asia and Europe. 

Purchase accounting effects of recording deferred revenue at fair value primarily for our Tripwire acquisition 
resulted in a revenue increase of $44.7 million in 2016 as compared to 2015. 

Royalty revenues from a patent settlement in 2016 resulted in a revenue increase of $10.3 million. 

Acquisitions resulted in a revenue increase of $6.6 million. 

Lower copper costs resulted in a revenue decrease of $22.7 million. 

Unfavorable currency translation, primarily due to the strengthening U.S. dollar compared to the euro and the 
Canadian dollar, resulted in a revenue decrease of $17.6 million. 

Gross profit increased $62.8 million in 2016 from 2015, and gross profit margin increased 180 basis points from 39.8% in 2015 
to 41.6% in 2016. The increases in gross profit margins is primarily attributable to the  increases in revenues discussed above 
and improved productivity as a result of our restructuring actions. Gross profit for 2016 included $12.3 million of severance, 
restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs;  $1.0  million  of  cost  of  sales  arising  from  the  adjustment  of  inventory  to  fair 
value related to acquisitions; and $0.9 million of accelerated depreciation in our Enterprise Solutions segment. Gross profit for 
2015 included $9.4 million of severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs and $0.3 million of cost of sales arising 
from the adjustment of inventory to fair value related to our acquisition of Coast. 

30 

 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative  expenses decreased by  $31.3 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to $9.2 million of 
compensation  expense  that  we  recognized  in  the  prior  year  as  a  result  of  accelerating  the  vesting  of  certain  acquiree  equity 
awards  at  the  closing  of  the  Tripwire  acquisition;  a  $3.2  million  benefit  in  2016  as  a  result  of  reducing  the  M2FX  earn-out 
liability to zero; realized benefits  from our productivity improvement initiatives; and a reduction in  severance, restructuring, 
and integration costs from the prior year. In 2016 and 2015, selling, general and administrative expenses included $25.7 million 
and $31.7 million, respectively, of severance, restructuring, and integration costs, representing a $6.1 million decline over the 
prior  year.  Favorable  currency  translation  contributed  approximately  $6.0  million  to  the  decline  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in 2016. 

Research  and  development  decreased  by  $7.7  million  in  2016  from  2015  primarily  due  to  a  decline  of  $5.3  million  of 
severance,  restructuring,  and  integration  costs.  Favorable  currency  translation  and  productivity  improvement  initiatives  also 
contributed $1.8 million and $1.3 million to the decrease in research and development in 2016, respectively. 

Amortization  of  intangibles  decreased  $5.4  million  in  2016  from  2015  primarily  due  to  favorable  currency  translation  and 
certain intangible assets becoming  fully amortized during  2016. These decreases  were partially offset by approximately $1.0 
million from the acquisition of M2FX. 

In 2016, we recognized a $23.9 million impairment of assets held for sale related to our MCS business and Hirschmann JV. The 
amount of the impairment of assets held for sale represents the excess carrying value over the fair value of the assets. See Note 
4, Assets Held for Sale. 

Operating income increased by $83.3 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to the increases in gross profit and decreases in 
selling, general and administrative expenses discussed above. 

Interest expense decreased $5.6 million in 2016 from 2015 due to our financing activities. During the fourth quarter of 2015 
and the first quarter of 2016, we repaid $150.0 million and $50.0 million, respectively, outstanding under our Revolver, and in 
the fourth quarter of 2016, we issued €200.0 million ($222.2 million at issuance) 4.125% Senior Subordinated notes due 2026 
and paid off our $250.0 million Term Loan. The net impact of these financing activities led to the decrease in interest expense 
for the year. We recognized a $2.3 million loss on debt extinguishment for the unamortized debt issuance costs associated with 
the Term Loan. 

Income from continuing operations before taxes increased by $86.5 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to the increases in 
operating income discussed above. 

Income Taxes 

Income before taxes 

Income tax benefit (expense) 

Effective tax rate 

2017 Compared to 2016 

Percentage Change 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

                                                (In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

  $ 

99,348  
(6,495 )   

126,461  
1,185  

  $ 

39,940  
26,568  

(21.4 )%  
(648.1 )%  

216.6  % 

(95.5 )% 

6.5 %  

(0.9 )%  

(66.5 )%    

We recognized income tax expense of $6.5 million in 2017, representing an effective tax rate of 6.5%.  The effective tax rate 
was impacted by the following significant factors: 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
•  

•  

•  

On  December  22,  2017,  the  “Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act”  (the  “Act”)  was  signed  into  law,  making  significant 
changes  to  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a  corporate  tax  rate 
decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. 
international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on 
the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. The Company 
has calculated its best estimate of the impact of the Act in its year end income tax provision in accordance 
with  its  understanding  of  the  Act  and  guidance  available  as  of  the  date  of  this  filing  and  as  a  result  has 
recorded  $28.4 million as an additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which 
the legislation was enacted. This provisional income tax expense is comprised of a $36.0 million tax benefit 
for  the  remeasurement  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  to  the  21%  rate  at  which  they  are  expected  to 
reverse, offset with a one-time tax expense on deemed repatriation of $29.1 million and a valuation allowance 
of $35.3 million recorded against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer expect to be able to realize 
based upon the new tax law. The Company continues to analyze its provisional estimate regarding the non-
deductibility of certain covered employee compensation associated with amendments to IRC section 162(m). 
As of the date of this filing, the Company reasonably believes that the impact of these changes is immaterial. 

We recognized a net tax benefit of $19.8 million related to a foreign tax credit planning initiative that enabled 
us  to  recognize  tax  credits  from  a  foreign  jurisdiction.  This  $19.8  million  additional  foreign  tax  credit 
generated in 2017 has been fully utilized in the current year.  

We also recognized a net tax benefit of $27.1 million resulting from a non-taxable translation gain associated 
with a debt instrument that is treated as a loan for U.S. GAAP purposes but as equity for tax purposes. 

The  net  tax  benefit  described  above  for  2017  was  partially  offset  by  $2.2  million  of  tax  expense  to  record  a  liability  for 
uncertain tax positions primarily for our foreign jurisdictions. 

Our income tax expense was also impacted by foreign tax rate differences. The statutory tax rates associated with our foreign 
earnings  generally are lower than the 2017 statutory U.S.  tax rate  of 35%. This had the  greatest impact on our income from 
continuing operations before taxes that is generated in Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands, which have statutory tax rates of 
approximately  28%,  26%,  and  25%,  respectively.  Foreign  tax  rate  differences  reduced  our  income  tax  expense  by 
approximately $13.0 million and $17.7 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Our income tax expense and effective tax rate in future periods may be impacted by many factors, including our geographic 
mix of income and changes in tax laws. 

As of December 31, 2017, we maintained a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets of $151.8 million. Of this amount, 
approximately $104.3 million relates to net operating loss deferred tax assets for certain of our Grass Valley entities. Certain 
Grass Valley entities have a history of significant tax losses in their various jurisdictions. We do not currently have sufficient 
history of taxable income in the relevant jurisdictions to support the realizability of the net operating losses. 

The remaining $47.5 million of valuation allowance primarily relates to deferred tax assets for certain U.S foreign tax credits 
and U.S. state net operating losses and tax credits. The $35.3 million valuation allowance on the foreign tax credits is a direct 
result of the Act, as described above. The remaining $12.2 million valuation allowance relates to state net operating losses and 
tax  credits.    While  we  have  positive  evidence  in  the  form  of  projected  sources  of  income,  we  determined  that  these  state 
carryforward assets were not more likely than not realizable as of December 31, 2017 due to a history of net operating losses 
and tax credits expiring without being utilized in certain states and because the current forecast of income is not sufficient to 
utilize all of these state net operating losses and tax credits prior to expiration. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

We recognized an income tax benefit of $1.2 million in 2016, representing an effective tax rate of (0.9%) .  The effective tax 
rate was impacted by the following significant factors: 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  

•  

•  

•  

We recognized a net tax benefit of $13.3 million related to a foreign tax credit planning initiative that enabled 
us to recognize tax credits from a foreign jurisdiction.  

We also recognized a net tax benefit of $9.2 million as a result of reducing deferred tax valuation allowances 
related to net operating loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions.  

We also recognized a $7.0 million tax benefit in 2016 for the reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to a 
previously completed acquisition. We secured a Private Letter Ruling from the Internal Revenue Service that 
effectively  increased  the  tax  basis  in  the  acquired  assets  to  the  full  fair  value.  Accordingly,  a  book-tax 
difference  was  eliminated,  and  we  reversed  deferred  tax  liabilities  previously  recorded, resulting  in  the  tax 
benefit. 

We also recognized a $4.7 million tax benefit in 2016 as the result of securing a significant tax deduction for 
a foreign currency loss by implementing several transactions related to our international tax structure. 

The tax benefits described above for 2016 were partially offset by $3.0 million of tax expense to record a liability for uncertain 
tax positions in one of our foreign jurisdictions. 

Our income tax expense was also impacted by foreign tax rate differences. The statutory tax rates associated with our foreign 
earnings  generally  are  lower  than  the  statutory  U.S.  tax  rate  of  35%.  This  had  the  greatest  impact  on  our  income  from 
continuing operations before taxes that is generated in Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands, which have statutory tax rates of 
approximately  28%,  26%,  and  25%,  respectively.  Foreign  tax  rate  differences  reduced  our  income  tax  expense  by 
approximately $17.7 million and $3.4 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Our income tax expense and effective tax rate in future periods may be impacted by many factors, including our geographic 
mix of income and changes in tax laws. 

As of December 31, 2016, we maintained a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets of $104.8 million. Of this amount, 
approximately  $91.6  million  related  to  net  operating  loss  deferred  tax  assets  for  certain  of  our  Grass Valley  entities.  Certain 
Grass Valley entities have a history of significant tax losses in their various jurisdictions. We did not have sufficient history of 
taxable income in the relevant jurisdictions to support the realizability of the net operating losses. 

The remaining $13.2 million of valuation allowance primarily related to deferred tax assets for certain U.S. state net operating 
losses and tax credits. While we had positive evidence in the form of projected sources of income, we determined that these 
assets were not more likely than not realizable as of December 31, 2016 due to a history of net operating losses and tax credits 
expiring without being utilized in certain states and because the forecast of income was not sufficient to utilize all of these state 
net operating losses and tax credits prior to expiration. 

Consolidated Adjusted Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

Percentage Change 

Adjusted Revenues 

Adjusted EBITDA 

$ 

2,388,643  
434,276  

  $ 

(In thousands, except percentages) 
2,360,583  
400,688  

2,357,805  
431,201  

  $ 

1.3 %  
0.7 %  

(0.1 )% 

7.6  % 

as a percent of adjusted revenues 

18.2 %  

18.3 %  

17.0 %    

2017 Compared to 2016 

Adjusted Revenues increased in 2017 from 2016 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

Acquisitions contributed $30.8 million to the increase in revenues. 

Higher copper costs contributed $13.0 million to the increase in revenues. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
•  

•  

Currency translation had a $12.2 million favorable impact on revenues. 

Lower sales volume resulted in a $25.2 million decrease in revenues.  

Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $3.1  million  in  2017  from  2016  primarily  due  to  productivity  initiatives  and  the  impact  of 
acquisitions and currency translation; partially offset by lower sales volume. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

Adjusted Revenues decreased in 2016 from 2015 due to the following factors: 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Lower copper costs resulted in a revenue decrease of $22.7 million. 

Unfavorable currency translation, primarily due to the strengthening U.S. dollar compared to the euro and the 
Canadian dollar, resulted in a revenue decrease of $17.6 million. 

Increases  in  unit  sales  volume  resulted  in  an  increase  in  revenues  of  $26.2  million. An  increase  in  volume 
within our broadcast and enterprise markets was partially  offset by soft demand for our industrial products. 
From a geographic perspective, volume growth was most notable in Asia and Europe. 

Acquisitions resulted in a revenue increase of $6.6 million. 

Royalty revenues from a patent settlement resulted in a revenue increase of $4.7 million. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased $30.5 million in 2016 from 2015 primarily due to productivity initiatives, which contributed $28.3 
million of Adjusted EBITDA. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA increased due to favorable currency translation and acquisitions, 
with an impact of $5.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively. These factors were partially offset by unfavorable product mix. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information 

Adjusted Revenues, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, and free cash flow are non-GAAP financial  measures. In 
addition  to  reporting  financial  results  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States,  we 
provide non-GAAP operating results adjusted for certain items, including:  asset impairments; accelerated depreciation expense 
due  to  plant  consolidation  activities;  purchase  accounting  effects  related  to  acquisitions,  such  as  the  adjustment  of  acquired 
inventory and deferred revenue to fair value, and transaction costs; severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs; 
gains (losses) recognized on the disposal of businesses and tangible assets; amortization of intangible assets; gains (losses) on 
debt extinguishment; certain revenues and gains (losses) from patent settlements; discontinued operations; and other costs.  We 
adjust for the items  listed above in all periods presented,  unless the impact is clearly immaterial to our  financial  statements.  
When  we  calculate  the  tax  effect  of  the  adjustments,  we  include  all  current  and  deferred  income  tax  expense  commensurate 
with the adjusted measure of pre-tax profitability. 

We utilize the adjusted results to review our ongoing operations without the effect of these adjustments and for comparison to 
budgeted operating results. We believe the adjusted results are useful to investors because they help them compare our results 
to previous periods and provide important insights into underlying trends in the business and how management oversees our 
business operations on a day-to-day basis.  As an example, we adjust for the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value in order to reflect the revenues that would have otherwise been recorded by acquired businesses had they 
remained as independent entities.  We believe this presentation is useful in evaluating the underlying performance of acquired 
companies.   Similarly, we adjust for other acquisition-related expenses, such as amortization of intangibles and other impacts 
of fair value adjustments because they generally are not related to the acquired businesses' core business performance.  As an 
additional  example,  we  exclude  the  costs  of  restructuring  programs,  which  can  occur  from  time  to  time  for  our  current 
businesses and/or recently acquired businesses.  We exclude the costs in calculating adjusted results to allow us and investors to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  the  business  based  upon  its  expected  ongoing  operating  structure.    We  believe  the  adjusted 
measures, accompanied by the disclosure of the costs of these programs, provides valuable insight. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted results should be considered only in conjunction  with results reported according to accounting principles  generally 
accepted in the United States.  See Item 6, Selected Financial Data, for the tables that reconcile our GAAP results to our non-
GAAP financial measures. 

Segment Results of Operations 

For additional information regarding our segment measures, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Broadcast Solutions 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

725,139  
112,849  

  $ 

769,753  
137,870  

  $ 

739,970  
113,638  

(5.8 )%  
(18.1 )%  

4.0 % 

21.3 % 

Percentage Change 

as a percent of segment revenues 

15.6 %  

17.9 %  

15.4 %    

2017 Compared to 2016 

Broadcast  revenues  decreased  by  $44.6  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016  primarily  due  to  decreases  in  volume  and  a 
product line transfer to the Enterprise Solutions segment, which contributed $70.7 million and $5.4 million, respectively, to the 
decrease in revenues. The decrease in volume was most notable in our Grass Valley business.  The decreases discussed above 
were partially offset by $30.8 million of revenues from the acquisition of Thinklogical as well as $0.6 million for the favorable 
impact of currency translation. 

Broadcast EBITDA decreased $25.0 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to the decreases in revenues discussed 
above;  partially  offset  by  improved  productivity  resulting  from  of  our  restructuring  actions  and  acquisition  integration 
activities.  Accordingly, Broadcast EBITDA margins declined 230 basis points from 17.9% in 2016 to 15.6% in 2017. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

Broadcast revenues increased by $29.8 million from 2015 to 2016. Increases in volume resulted in a $25.6 million increase in 
revenues. The increase in volume stems in part from the market's reaction for the segment's new and innovative IP solutions. 
Sales of our broadcast infrastructure products also benefited from a more stable U.S. dollar. The increase in volume was most 
notable  outside  of  the  United  States.  Broadcast  revenues  also  included  royalty  revenues  related  to  2016  of  $4.7  million  as  a 
result of a patent settlement in 2016. This segment will continue to earn royalty revenues in 2017 and beyond. The acquisition 
of M2FX also contributed $6.6 million to the increase in revenues. These factors were partially offset by unfavorable currency 
translation of $7.1 million. 

Broadcast EBITDA increased $24.2 million from 2015 to 2016 primarily due to leverage on the increases in revenues discussed 
integration 
above,  as  well  as 
activities. Accordingly, Broadcast EBITDA margins expanded 250 basis points from 15.4% in 2015 to 17.9% in 2016. 

improved  productivity  as  a  result  of  our  restructuring  actions  and  acquisition 

Enterprise Solutions 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

631,166  
103,650  

  $ 

603,188  
101,298  

  $ 

605,910  
100,214  

4.6 %  
2.3 %  

(0.4 )% 

1.1  % 

Percentage Change 

as a percent of segment revenues 

16.4 %  

16.8 %  

16.5 %    

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
2017 Compared to 2016 

Enterprise revenues increased $28.0 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to higher copper costs, which increased 
revenues  by  $15.3  million.    A  product  line  transfer  from  our  Broadcast  Solutions  segment  contributed  $5.4  million  to  the 
increase in revenues  year over year.  Furthermore, increases in  volume and currency translation  had a $4.0 million and $3.3 
million favorable impact on revenues, respectively. 

Enterprise EBITDA increased $2.4 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to the increases in revenues discussed 
above.  The  40  basis  point  decline  in  EBITDA  margins  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  inability  to  fully  and  timely  pass 
through the rising copper costs to our customers. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

The decrease in Enterprise revenues in 2016 from 2015 was primarily due to $9.9 million and $5.1 million impacts from lower 
copper costs and unfavorable currency translation, respectively. These decreases were partially offset by sales volume increases 
of $12.3 million.  Sales volume growth was broad-based globally, and most notable in Canada. 

Enterprise EBITDA increased in 2016 from 2015 due to the leverage on higher sales volume discussed above, partially offset 
by unfavorable currency translation. Accordingly, EBITDA margins improved to 16.8% in 2016 from 16.5% in 2015. 

Industrial Solutions 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

628,458  
119,642  

  $ 

585,476  
101,248  

  $ 

603,350  
99,941  

7.3 %  
18.2 %  

(3.0 )% 

1.3  % 

Percentage Change 

as a percent of segment revenues 

19.0 %  

17.3 %  

16.6 %    

2017 Compared to 2016 

Industrial  Solutions  revenues  increased  $43.0  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016  primarily  due  to  volume  growth,  higher 
copper costs, and favorable currency translation, which contributed $23.6 million, $14.5 million, and $4.9 million, respectively, 
to  the  increase  in  revenues  year  over  year.  Our  robust  growth  in  volume  stems  from  our  continued  strength  in  discrete 
manufacturing, our largest vertical. 

Industrial EBITDA increased $18.4 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily due to leverage on volume and productivity 
improvements.  Accordingly, Industrial Solutions EBITDA margins expanded 170 basis points to 19.0%. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

The  decrease  in  Industrial  revenues  in  2016  from  2015  was  primarily  due  to  lower  copper  costs,  unfavorable  currency 
translation,  and  volume  decreases  of  $12.6  million,  $4.9  million,  and  $0.4  million,  respectively.  The  sales  volume  declines 
stemmed from the impact of lower energy prices, which resulted in lower capital spending for industrial projects. Sales volume 
was most notably down in North America and Latin America, with some offsets in Europe with discrete manufacturers. 

Industrial  EBITDA  increased  in  2016  as  compared  to  2015  primarily  due  to  productivity  improvements  resulting  from  our 
restructuring actions. Accordingly, EBITDA margins improved from 16.6% in 2015 to 17.3% in 2016. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Network Solutions 

Segment Revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 vs. 2016 

2016 vs. 2015 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 

403,880  
93,893  

  $ 

399,388  
92,773  

  $ 

411,353  
87,873  

1.1 %  
1.2 %  

(2.9 )% 

5.6  % 

Percentage Change 

as a percent of segment revenues 

23.2 %  

23.2 %  

21.4 %    

2017 Compared to 2016 

Network  Solutions  revenues  increased  $4.5  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016,  primarily  due  to  favorable  currency 
translation and volume growth of $3.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively. 

Network  Solutions  EBITDA  increased  $1.1  million  in  2017  as  compared  to  2016  due  to  the  growth  in  revenues  discussed 
above.    However,  EBITDA  margins  remained  flat  at  23.2%  primarily  as  a  result  of  increased  investment  in  research  and 
development. 

2016 Compared to 2015 

Network Solutions revenues decreased in 2016 from 2015, primarily due to a decrease in unit sales volume of $11.5 million. 
The  decline  in  sales  volume  was  driven  by  weakness  in  global  oil  and  gas  markets  and  commercial  staffing  shortages. 
Unfavorable currency translation resulted in a decrease in revenues of $0.6 million. 

Despite the decrease in revenues for the year, Network Solutions EBITDA increased by $4.9 million as compared to 2015, due 
to improved productivity as a result of restructuring actions, as well as favorable product mix. Accordingly, Network Solutions 
EBITDA margins expanded to 23.2% in 2016, up 180 basis points from 2015. 

Discontinued Operations 

In 2010, we completed the sale of Trapeze Networks, Inc. (Trapeze) for $152.1 million and recognized a pre-tax gain of $88.3 
million ($44.8 million after-tax). At the time the transaction closed, a portion of the sale price was placed in escrow as partial 
security for our indemnity obligations under the sale agreement. During 2015, we agreed to a final settlement with the buyer of 
Trapeze regarding the escrow, and collected $3.5 million of the escrow receivable and recognized a $0.2 million ($0.1 million 
net of tax) loss from disposal of discontinued operations. Additionally, we recognized a $0.2 million net loss from discontinued 
operations for income tax expense related to this disposed business in 2015.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Significant factors affecting our cash liquidity include (1) cash provided by operating activities, (2) disposals of businesses and 
tangible  assets,  (3) cash  used  for  acquisitions,  restructuring  actions,  capital  expenditures,  share  repurchases,  dividends,  and 
senior  subordinated  note  repurchases,  (4) our  available  credit  facilities  and  other  borrowing  arrangements,  and  (5)  cash 
proceeds from equity offerings. We expect our operating activities to generate cash in 2018 and believe our sources of liquidity 
are  sufficient  to  fund  current  working  capital  requirements,  capital  expenditures,  contributions  to  our  retirement  plans,  share 
repurchases,  senior  subordinated  note  repurchases,  quarterly  dividend  payments,  and  our  short-term  operating  strategies. 
However, we may require external financing were we to complete a significant acquisition. Our ability to continue to fund our 
future  needs  from business operations could be affected by  many  factors, including, but not limited to: economic conditions 
worldwide, customer demand, competitive market forces, customer acceptance of our product mix, and commodities pricing. 

37 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table is derived from our Consolidated Cash Flow Statements: 

Net cash provided by (used for): 

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

Effects of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

Years Ended 
December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

$ 

$ 

255,300     $ 
(230,118 )  
(331,448 )  
19,258    
(287,008 )  
848,116    
561,108     $ 

314,794  
(73,257 ) 
401,704  
(11,876 ) 
631,365  
216,751  
848,116  

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  totaled  $255.3  million  for  2017  compared  to  $314.8  million  for  2016.      This 
deterioration was primarily due to an unfavorable change in inventory of $86.8 million. Approximately half of the unfavorable 
change in inventory was due to higher copper prices. Furthermore, safety stock inventory resulting from the closure of one of 
our plants as part of our industrial  manufacturing  footprint consolidation program also contributed to a temporary  growth in 
inventory levels over the year ago period.  

Net cash used for investing activities totaled $230.1 million for 2017 compared to $73.3 million for 2016.  Investing activities 
for 2017 included payments, net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of Thinklogical of $165.9 million; capital expenditures of 
$64.3  million;  and  a  $1.0  million  payment  related  to  our  2015  acquisition  of  Tripwire  that  had  previously  been  deferred. 
Investing activities for 2016 included capital expenditures of $54.0 million and payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, 
of $18.8 million.  

Net cash flows  from financing activities  was a $331.4 million use of cash for 2017, compared to a $401.7 million source of 
cash  for  2016.  Financing  activities  for  2017  included  payments  under  borrowing  arrangements  of  $1,105.9  million,  cash 
dividend payments of $43.4 million,  debt issuance costs  of $17.3 million, payments  under our share  repurchase program of 
$25.0  million,  net  payments  related  to  share  based  compensation  activities  of  $6.6  million,  and  borrowings  under  credit 
arrangements  of  $866.7  million.  Financing  activities  for  2016  included  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  preferred  stock  of 
$501.5  million,  borrowings  of  $222.1  million  to  pay  off  the  term  loan,  repayments  of  borrowings  of  $294.4  million,  cash 
dividend  payments  of  $16.1  million,  net  payments  related  to  share-based  compensation  activities  of  $7.5  million,  and  debt 
issuance cost payments of $3.9 million.  

Our cash and cash equivalents balance was $561.1 million as of December 31, 2017. Of this amount, $184.7 million was held 
outside of the U.S. in our foreign operations. Substantially all of the foreign cash and cash equivalents are readily convertible 
into  U.S.  dollars  or  other  foreign  currencies.  The  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  of  2017  included  a  one-time  transition  tax  of 
unremitted foreign earnings. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2017, we recorded tax expense of $29.1 million, most of which 
was non-cash, related to the transition tax on the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation of all our foreign earnings. See Note 
16 Income Taxes in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. 

Our  outstanding  debt  obligations  as  of  December 31,  2017  consisted  of  $1.6  billion  of  senior  subordinated  notes.    As  of 
December 31,  2017,  we  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  on  the  Revolver,  and  our  available  borrowing  capacity  was  $348.6 
million.  Additional  discussion  regarding  our  various  borrowing  arrangements  is  included  in  Note  14  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2017, have the following scheduled maturities: 

Long-term debt payment obligations (1)(2) 
Interest payments on long-term debt 
obligations 
Operating lease obligations (3) 
Purchase obligations (4) 
Other commitments (5) 
Pension and other postemployment 
obligations 
Total 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

1-3 
Years 
(In thousands) 

4-5 
Years 

More than 
5 Years 

1,584,232     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

1,584,232  

508,215 
97,289    
28,921    
8,579    

62,372 
22,440    
28,921    
1,110    

124,743 
31,793    
—    
7,030    

124,743 
19,562    
—    
439    

196,357 
23,494  
—  
—  

60,599 
2,287,835     $ 

$ 

6,224 
121,067     $ 

12,525 
176,091     $ 

11,820 
156,564     $ 

30,030 
1,834,113  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

As described in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Amounts  do  not  include  accrued  and  unpaid  interest. Accrued  and  unpaid  interest  related  to  long-term  debt  obligations  is 
reflected on a separate line in the table. 

As described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Includes  agreements  to  purchase  goods  or  services  that  are  enforceable  and  legally  binding  on  us  and  that  specify  all 
significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and 
the approximate timing of the transaction. 

Does not include accounts payable reflected in the financial statements. Includes obligations for uncertain tax positions (see 
Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Our commercial commitments expire or mature as follows: 

Standby financial letters of credit 

Bank guarantees 

Surety bonds 

Total 

Total 

Less than 
1 Year 

1-3 
Years 
(In thousands) 

3-5 
Years 

More than 
5 Years 

$ 

$ 

7,470     $ 
1,701    
2,362    
11,533     $ 

7,431     $ 
1,701    
2,362    
11,494     $ 

39     $ 
—    
—    
39     $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—     $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  

Standby financial letters of credit, bank guarantees, and surety bonds are generally issued to secure obligations we have for a 
variety of commercial reasons such as workers compensation self-insurance programs in several states and the importation and 
exportation of product. We expect to replace most of these when they expire or mature. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial 
condition, results of operations, or cash flows that are or would be considered material to investors. 

Current-Year Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Discussion  regarding  our  adoption  of  accounting  pronouncements  is  included  in  Note  2  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Estimates 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S. 
(GAAP). In connection  with  the  preparation of our financial statements,  we are required to make assumptions and estimates 
about  future  events,  and  apply  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  expenses,  and  the 
related  disclosures.  We  base  our  assumptions,  estimates,  and  judgments  on  historical  experience,  current  trends,  and  other 
factors  that  management  believes  to  be  relevant  at  the  time  our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared.  On  a regular 
basis,  we  review  the  accounting  policies,  assumptions,  estimates,  and  judgments  to  ensure  that  our  financial  statements  are 
presented  fairly  and  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  However,  because  future  events  and  their  effects  cannot  be  determined  with 
certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  discussed  in  Note  2  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  We  believe  that  the 
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, 
and  they  require  our  most  difficult,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments,  resulting  from  the  need  to  make  estimates  about  the 
effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue when all of the following circumstances are satisfied: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
(2) price  is  fixed  or  determinable,  (3) collectability  is  reasonably  assured,  and  (4) delivery  has  occurred.  Delivery  typically 
occurs in the period in which the customer takes title and assumes the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified 
in the customer’s purchase order or sales agreement. 

At the time of sale, we establish an estimated reserve for trade, promotion, and other special price reductions such as contract 
pricing,  discounts  to  meet  competitor  pricing,  and  on-time  payment  discounts.  We  also  reserve  for,  among  other  things, 
correction of billing errors, incorrect shipments, and settlement of customer disputes. Customers are allowed to return inventory 
if  and  when  certain  conditions  regarding  the  functionality  of  the  inventory  and  our  approval  of  the  return  are  met.  Certain 
distribution customers are allowed to return  inventory at original cost,  in an amount  not to exceed three percent of  the prior 
year’s purchases, in exchange for an order of equal or greater value. Until  we can process  these reductions, corrections, and 
returns  (together,  the  Changes)  through  individual  customer  records,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  outstanding  Changes  and 
recognize them by reducing revenues and accounts receivable. We determine our estimate based on our historical Changes as a 
percentage of revenues and the average time period between the original sale and the issuance of the Changes. We also adjust 
inventory and cost of sales for the estimated level of returns. 

We  base  these  estimates  on  historical  and  anticipated  sales  demand,  trends  in  product  pricing,  and  historical  and  anticipated 
Changes patterns. We make revisions to these estimates in the period in which the facts that give rise to each revision become 
known. Future market conditions and product transitions might require us to take actions to further reduce prices and increase 
customer return authorizations. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the 
future estimates or assumptions we use to measure the Changes. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates 
or  assumptions,  we  may  be  exposed  to  losses  or  gains  that  could  be  material. A  10%  change  in  our  sales  reserve  for  such 
Changes as of December 31, 2017 would have affected net income by less than $1 million in 2017. 

At times, we enter into arrangements that involve the delivery of multiple elements. For these arrangements, when the elements 
can be separated, the revenue is allocated to each deliverable based on that element’s relative selling price and recognized based 
on  the  period  of  delivery  for  each  element.  Generally,  we  determine  relative  selling  price  using  vendor-specific  objective 
evidence  (VSOE). 

We  have  certain  products  subject  to  the  accounting  guidance  on  software  revenue  recognition.  For  such  products,  software 
license revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee 
is fixed or determinable, collection is probable and VSOE of the fair value of undelivered elements exists. As substantially all 
of the software licenses are sold in multiple-element arrangements that include either support or professional services, we use 
the  residual  method  to  determine  the  amount  of  software  license  revenue  to  be  recognized.  Under  the  residual  method, 

40 

 
consideration is allocated to undelivered elements based upon VSOE of the fair value of those elements, with the residual of the 
arrangement  fee  allocated  to  and  recognized  as  software  license  revenue.    We  have  established  VSOE  of  the  fair  value  of 
support, subscription-based software licenses, and professional services. Software license revenue is generally recognized upon 
delivery of the software if all revenue recognition criteria are met. 

Revenue allocated to support services under our support contracts is typically paid in advance and recognized ratably over the 
term of the service. Revenue allocated to subscription-based software and remote ongoing operational services is also paid in 
advance and recognized ratably over the  term of the  service. Revenue  allocated to professional services is recognized as the 
services are performed. 

Income Taxes 

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  tax  credit  carryforwards,  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  and  deductible 
temporary differences between taxable income on our income tax returns and income before taxes under GAAP. Deferred tax 
assets  generally  represent  future  tax  benefits  to  be  received  when  these  carryforwards  can  be  applied  against  future  taxable 
income  or  when  expenses  previously  reported  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  become  deductible  for  income  tax 
purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required when some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be 
realized.  We  are  required  to  estimate  taxable  income  in  future  years  or  develop  tax  strategies  that  would  enable  tax  asset 
realization in each taxing jurisdiction and use judgment to determine whether to record a deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
for part or all of a deferred tax asset. 

We consider the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the realizability of the deferred  tax 
assets  associated  with  net  operating  losses.  We  consider  the  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences  as  well  as 
projections of future taxable income. We consider the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences to the extent 
they were of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. We also consider whether the 
future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences  will  occur  in  the  same  period  and  jurisdiction  as  the  temporary 
differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. The assumptions utilized to estimate our future taxable income are consistent 
with those  assumptions utilized for purposes of testing  goodwill  for impairment,  as  well as  with our budgeting and strategic 
planning processes. 

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  evaluating  our  uncertain  tax  positions.  We  establish  accruals  for  uncertain  tax  positions 
when we believe that the full amount of the associated tax benefit may not be realized. In the future, if we prevail in matters for 
which accruals have been established previously or pay amounts in excess of reserves, there could be a material effect on our 
income tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. 

We have significant tax credit carryforwards in the U.S. for which we have recorded a partial valuation allowance as a result of 
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Act"). The utilization of these credits is dependent upon the recognition of both U.S. 
taxable income as well as income characterized as foreign source under the U.S. tax laws. We do not expect to generate enough 
foreign source income in the future to utilize all of these tax credits due to law changes introduced by the Act. Nevertheless, in 
2018 we expect to continue implementation of tax planning strategies that will help generate additional foreign source income 
in  the  carryforward  period.  In  addition,  we  have  significant  research  and  development  related  tax  credit  carryforwards  in 
Canada on which we have not recorded a valuation allowance. The utilization of these credits is dependent upon the recognition 
of Canadian taxable income, and we expect to generate enough taxable income in the future to utilize these tax credits. 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  “Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act”  (the  “Act”)  was  signed  into  law,  making  significant  changes  to  the 
Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax 
years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  transition  of  U.S.  international  taxation  from  a  worldwide  tax  system  to  a 
territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of 
December 31, 2017.The Company has calculated its best estimate of the impact of the Act in its year end income tax provision 
in accordance with its understanding of the Act and guidance available as of the date of this filing and as a result has recorded  
$28.4 million as an additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
This provisional income tax expense is comprised of a $36.0 million tax benefit for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets 
and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse, offset with a one-time tax expense on deemed repatriation 
of $29.1 million and a valuation allowance of $35.3 million recorded against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer 
expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. The Company continues to analyze its provisional estimate regarding 
the non-deductibility of certain covered employee compensation associated with amendments to IRC section 162(m). As of the 
date of this filing, the Company reasonably believes that the impact of these changes is immaterial. 

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of US GAAP in 
situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) 
in  reasonable  detail  to  complete  the  accounting  for  certain  income  tax  effects  of  the Act.  In  accordance  with  SAB  118,  the 
Company has determined that the $36.0 million deferred tax benefit recorded in connection with the remeasurement of certain 
deferred tax assets and liabilities, the $29.1 million of current tax expense recorded in connection with the transition tax on the 
mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  foreign  earnings,  the  $35.3  million  deferred  tax  expense  recorded  in  connection  with  a 
valuation  allowance  on  foreign  tax  credits,  and  the  $0.0  million  deferred  tax  expense  recorded  in  connection  with  covered 
employee  compensation  were  provisional  amounts  and  reasonable  estimates  at  December  31,  2017.  Additional  work  is 
necessary  to  do  a  more  detailed  analysis  of  all  provisional  amounts  associated  with  the Act  referenced  above  as  a  result  of 
pending issuance of Notices and Regulations related to the Act, ongoing legal analysis of compensation plans and finalization 
of foreign earnings and profits for 2017. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to tax expense in the 
quarter of 2018 when the analysis is complete. 

See Note 16 Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements for further information regarding income taxes. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis 
during  the  fourth  quarter  or  when  indicators  of  impairment  exist.  We  base  our  estimates  on  assumptions  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable,  but  which  are  not  predictable  with  precision  and  therefore  are  inherently  uncertain.  Actual  future  results  could 
differ from these estimates. 

We test goodwill annually for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business unit 
one level below an operating segment if discrete financial information for that business is prepared and regularly reviewed by 
segment management. However, components within an operating segment are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have 
similar  economic  characteristics. We  determined  that  each  of  our  reportable  segments  (Broadcast,  Enterprise,  Industrial,  and 
Network Solutions) represents an operating segment. Within those operating segments, we have identified reporting units based 
on whether there is discrete financial information prepared that is regularly reviewed by segment management. As a result of 
this evaluation, we have identified three reporting units within Broadcast, two reporting units within Enterprise, four reporting 
units within Industrial, and three reporting units within Network Solutions for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. 

The  accounting  guidance  related  to  goodwill  impairment  testing  allows  for  the  performance  of  an  optional  qualitative 
assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Such an 
evaluation is made based on the weight of all available evidence and the significance of all identified events and circumstances 
that  may influence  the fair value of a reporting  unit.  If it  is  more likely  than  not that  the fair  value is less  than the  carrying 
value,  then  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required  for  the  reporting  unit,  as  described  in  the  paragraph  below.  In  2017,  we 
performed a qualitative assessment for seven of our reporting units, which collectively represented approximately $547 million 
of  our  consolidated  goodwill  balance.  For  those  reporting  units  for  which  we  performed  a  qualitative  assessment,  we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than the carrying value, and therefore, we did not 
perform the calculation of fair value for these reporting units as described in the paragraph below. 

When we evaluate goodwill for impairment using a quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to 
its carrying  value. We determine the  fair value  using an income approach. Under the income approach,  we calculate  the fair 
value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using growth rates and discount rates that are 

42 

 
 
 
consistent with current market conditions in our industry. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the 
net assets including goodwill  assigned to that unit,  goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying  value of the reporting  unit’s net 
assets  including  goodwill  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit,  then  we  record  an  impairment  charge  based  on  that 
difference. In addition to the income approach, we calculate the fair value of our reporting units under a market approach. The 
market approach measures the fair value of a reporting unit through analysis of financial multiples of comparable businesses. 
Consideration is given to the financial conditions and operating performance of the reporting unit being valued relative to those 
publicly-traded companies operating in the same or similar lines of business. 

We determined that none of our goodwill was impaired during 2017. The fair values of our five reporting units tested under a 
quantitative  approach  were  in  excess  of  the  carrying  values  as  of  our  most  recent  impairment  testing  date. The  assumptions 
used to estimate fair values were based on the past performance of the reporting unit as well as the projections incorporated in 
our strategic plan. Significant assumptions included sales growth, profitability, and related cash flows, along with cash flows 
associated with taxes and capital spending. The discount rate used to estimate fair value was risk adjusted in consideration  of 
the economic conditions in effect at the time of the impairment test. We also considered assumptions that market participants 
may use. In our quantitative assessments, the discount rates ranged from 9.7% to 13.8% and the long-term growth rate was 3% 
for all five reporting units. By their nature, these assumptions involve risks and uncertainties, with the primary factor that could 
have an adverse effect being our assumptions relating to growing revenues consistent with our strategic plan. 

We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist primarily of trademarks, for impairment on an annual basis during 
the fourth quarter. The accounting guidance related to impairment testing for such intangible assets allows for the performance 
of  an  optional  qualitative  assessment,  similar  to  that  described  above  for  goodwill.  We  did  not  perform  any  qualitative 
assessments  as  part  of our  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment  testing  for  2017.  Rather,  we  performed  a  quantitative 
assessment  for  each  of  our  indefinite-lived  trademarks  in  2017.  Under  the  quantitative  assessments,  we  determined  the  fair 
value  of  each  trademark  using  a  relief  from  royalty  methodology  and  compared  the  fair  value  to  the  carrying  value.  We 
determined that none of our trademarks were impaired during 2017. Significant assumptions to determine fair value included 
sales growth, royalty rates, and discount rates. 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we 
used to test for impairment losses on goodwill and other intangible assets. However, if actual results are significantly different 
from our estimates or assumptions, we may have to recognize an impairment charge that could be material. 

Definite-lived Intangible Assets 

The carrying value of our definite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 was $450.7 million. Customer relationships 
and  developed  technology  are  the  most  significant  definite-lived  intangible  assets  recorded,  with  carrying  values  of  $222.4 
million and $180.3 million, respectively, and weighted average amortization periods of 18.5 years and 6.5 years, respectively, 
as  of  December 31,  2017.  We  also  have  recorded  definite-lived  intangible  assets  for  certain  trademarks,  certain  in-service 
research  and  development  projects,  and  backlog.  The  assignment  of  useful  lives  and  the  determination  of  the  method  of 
amortization for our definite-lived intangible assets require significant judgments and the use of estimates. 

We record amortization of the definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. If an intangible asset has a finite 
useful life, but the precise length of that life is not known, the asset is amortized over the best estimate of its useful life. We 
estimate the useful life based on all relevant information available to us regarding the assets, including information utilized to 
determine the value of the definite-lived intangible asset. For example, for our customer relationships, we consider historical 
and projected sales data and related customer attrition rates in order to estimate a useful life. For our developed technology, we 
give consideration to the product life cycle in order to estimate a useful life. 

We  determine  the  amortization  method  for  our  definite-lived  intangible  assets  based  on  the  pattern  in  which  the  economic 
benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. In the event we cannot reliably determine that pattern, we utilize a straight-line 
amortization  method.  In  order  to  determine  the  amortization  method,  we  evaluate  all  relevant  information  available  to  us 
regarding the assets, including information utilized to determine the value of the definite-lived intangible asset. For example, 
for  customer  relationships,  we  consider  historical  and  projected  sales  data,  customer  attrition  rates,  and  our  historical 

43 

 
experience  with  key  customers  of  past  acquisitions  to  determine  if  a  pattern  of  consumption  can  be  derived.  If  the  data 
examined does not provide a reliably determinable pattern of consumption, then we utilize a straight-line amortization method. 

The determinations of useful lives and amortization methods require a significant use of judgment by management. We believe 
the useful lives assigned and the amortization methods applied are reasonable based on the data available to us. For our existing 
and  prior  definite-lived  intangible  assets,  we  have  not  experienced  significant  differences  between  our  estimates  and  actual 
results. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future of the estimates or 
assumptions we used to develop the useful lives and amortization methods. However, if actual results are significantly different 
from our estimates or assumptions, we may have to recognize an impairment charge, shorten the useful life assigned to one or 
more of our definite-lived intangible assets, or change the  amortization method assigned to one or more of our definite-lived 
intangible assets, which could have a material impact on our results. This could occur, for example, if we were to experience 
significant  customer  losses  or  attrition  in  excess  of  our  estimates  or  if  our  product  lives  were  significantly  shortened  due  to 
technological developments or obsolescence. 

As  a  sensitivity  measure,  the  effect  of  a  10%  change  in  the  estimated  useful  life  of  our  definite-lived  intangible  assets  for 
customer  relationships  and  developed  technology  would  have  resulted  in  a  change  in  2017  amortization  expense  of 
approximately $2.1 million and $10.0 million, respectively. 

In  addition,  the  testing  of  definite-lived  assets  for  impairment  also  requires  significant  use  of  judgment  and  assumptions, 
particularly as it relates to the identification of asset groups and the determination of fair market value. We test our definite-
lived intangible assets for impairment  when indicators of impairment exist. For purposes of impairment testing of long-lived 
assets, we have identified asset groups at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash 
flows of other assets and liabilities. Generally, our asset groups are based on an individual plant or operating facility level. In 
some  circumstances,  however,  a  combination  of  plants  or  operating  facilities  may  be  considered  the  asset  group  due  to 
interdependence of operational activities and cash flows. 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

Our pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on the various actuarial assumptions used in 
calculating such amounts. These assumptions relate to discount rates, salary growth, long-term return on plan assets, health care 
cost trend rates, mortality tables, and other factors. We base the discount rate assumptions on current investment yields on high-
quality corporate long-term bonds. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience and future or near-
term outlook. Long-term return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results and management’s expectation 
of the  future economic environment.  Our health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on  historical cost data, the 
near-term outlook, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Our key assumptions are described in further detail in Note 17 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and, if in excess of 
the lesser of 10% of the projected benefit obligation or the fair market value of plan assets, amortized over the estimated future 
working life of the plan participants. 

As  a  sensitivity  measure,  the  effect  of  a  50  basis  point  decline  in  the  assumed  discount  rate  would  have  resulted  in  a  $0.9 
million and $19.0 million increase in the 2017 net periodic benefit cost and the projected benefit obligations as of December 
31, 2017, respectively. A 50 basis point decline in the expected return on plan assets would have resulted in an increase in 2017 
net periodic benefit cost of approximately $0.9 million. 

Conversely,  the  effect  of  a  50  basis  point  rise  in  the  assumed  discount  rate  would  have  resulted  in  a  $0.9  million  and  $17.0 
million  decrease  in  the  2017  net  periodic  benefit  cost  and  the  projected  benefit  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2017, 
respectively. A 50 basis point rise in the expected return on plan assets would have resulted in a decrease in 2017 net periodic 
benefit cost of approximately $0.9 million. 

44 

 
 
 
 
Business Combination Accounting 

We allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. 
The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded to goodwill. We use 
all available information to estimate fair values. We typically engage third party valuation specialists to assist in the fair value 
determination  of  inventories,  tangible  long-lived  assets,  and  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill.  The  carrying  values  of 
acquired receivables and accounts payable have historically approximated their fair values as of the business combination date. 
As necessary, we may engage third party specialists to assist in the estimation of fair value for certain liabilities. We adjust the 
preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, typically up to one year after the acquisition closing date as we obtain more 
information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed. 

Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to 
apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and 
liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, 
including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could 
affect  the  accuracy  of  our  fair  value  estimates,  including  assumptions  regarding  industry  economic  factors  and  business 
strategies. 

If  actual  results  are  materially  different  than  the  assumptions  we  used  to  determine  fair  value  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 
acquired through a business combination, it is possible that adjustments to the carrying values of such assets and liabilities will 
have an impact on our net earnings. 

See  Note 3  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  acquisition-related  information  associated  with  significant 
acquisitions completed in the last three fiscal years. 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Market risks relating to our operations result primarily from currency exchange rates, certain commodity prices, interest rates, 
and credit extended to customers. Each of these risks is discussed below. 

Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include the translation of local 
currency  balances  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  transactions  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  a  location’s  functional 
currency. 

Our investments in certain foreign subsidiaries are recorded in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As these foreign  currency 
denominated  investments  are  translated  at  the  end  of  each  period  during  consolidation  using  period-end  exchange  rates, 
fluctuations  of  exchange  rates  between  the  foreign  currency  and  the  U.S.  dollar  increase  or  decrease  the  value  of  those 
investments. These fluctuations and the results of operations for foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the 
U.S. dollar, are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year, while the assets and liabilities are 
translated using period end exchange rates. The assets and liabilities-related translation adjustments are recorded as a separate 
component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  We  generally  view  our 
investments in international subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar as long-term. As a result, we do 
not generally use derivatives to manage these net investments.  However, we designated euro debt issued in 2017 and 2016 by 
Belden Inc., a USD functional currency ledger, as a net investment hedge of certain international subsidiaries.  See Note 15 for 
further discussion. 

Transactions denominated in  currencies other than a  location’s functional currency  may produce receivables or payables that 
are  fixed  in  terms  of  the  amount  of  foreign  currency  that  will  be  received  or  paid. A  change  in  exchange  rates  between  the 
functional  currency  and  the  currency  in  which  a  transaction  is  denominated  increases  or  decreases  the  expected  amount  of 
functional currency cash  flows upon  settlement of the transaction. That increase or decrease in expected  functional currency 

45 

 
 
cash  flows  is  a  foreign  exchange  transaction  gain  or  loss  that  is  included  in  our  operating  income  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. In 2017, we recorded approximately $2.0 million of net foreign currency transaction gains. 

Generally, the currency in which we sell our products is the same as the currency in which we incur the costs to manufacture 
our  products,  resulting  in  a  natural  hedge.  Our  currency  exchange  rate  management  strategy  primarily  involves  the  use  of 
natural techniques, where possible, such as the offsetting or netting of like-currency cash flows. However, we re-evaluate our 
strategy as the foreign currency environment changes, and it is possible that we could utilize derivative financial instruments to 
manage this risk in the future. We did not have any foreign currency derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2017. 

Our exposure to currency rate fluctuations primarily relates to exchange rate movements between the U.S. dollar and the euro, 
Canadian dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Chinese yuan, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Australian dollar, British pound, and Brazilian 
real. 

Commodity Price Risk 

Certain raw materials used by us are subject to price volatility caused by supply conditions, political and economic variables, 
and other unpredictable factors. The primary purpose of our commodity price management activities is to manage the volatility 
associated with purchases of commodities in the normal course of business. We do not speculate on commodity prices. 

We are exposed to price  risk related to our purchase of copper used in our products, although  we are generally able to raise 
selling  prices  to  customers  to  cover  the  increase  in  copper  costs.  Our  copper  price  management  strategy  involves  the  use  of 
natural  techniques,  where  possible,  such  as  purchasing  copper  for  future  delivery  at  fixed  prices.  We  do  not  generally  use 
commodity price derivatives and did not have any outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2016. 

The  following  table  presents  unconditional  commodity  purchase  obligations  outstanding  as  of  December 31,  2017.  The 
unconditional purchase obligations will settle during 2018. 

Unconditional copper purchase obligations: 

Commitment volume in pounds 

Weighted average price per pound 

Commitment amounts 

Purchase 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

(In thousands, except average price) 

2,280      
3.06      
6,971     $ 

$ 

$ 

7,478  

We are also exposed to price risk related to our purchase of selected commodities derived from petrochemical feedstocks used 
in our products. We generally purchase these commodities based upon market prices established with the vendors as part of the 
purchase process. Pricing of these commodities is volatile as they tend to fluctuate with the price of oil. Historically, we have 
not used commodity financial instruments to hedge prices for commodities derived from petrochemical feedstocks. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We  have  occasionally  managed  our debt portfolio  by  using  interest  rate  derivative  instruments,  such  as  swap  agreements,  to 
achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rates. We were not a party to any interest rate derivative instruments as 
of or for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. 

The  following  table  provides  information  about  our  financial  instruments  that  are  sensitive  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  The 
table presents principal amounts by expected maturity dates and fair values as of December 31, 2017. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
€450.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2027  $ 

Principal Amount by Expected Maturity 

2018 

  Thereafter 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

(In thousands, except interest rates) 
  $ 

540,810  

540,810     $ 

—     $ 

544,704  

Average interest rate 

3.375 %    

€200.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2026  $ 

—     $ 

240,360  

  $ 

240,360     $ 

257,536  

Average interest rate 

4.125 %    

€300.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2025  $ 

—     $ 

360,540  

  $ 

360,540     $ 

361,081  

Average interest rate 

2.875 %    

$200.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2024  $ 

—     $ 

200,000  

  $ 

200,000     $ 

206,000  

Average interest rate 

€200.0 million fixed-rate senior subordinated notes due 2023  $ 
Average interest rate 

—     $ 

5.25 %    

242,522  

  $ 
5.50 %    

242,522     $ 

249,997  

Total 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 

 $  1,584,232     $  1,619,318  

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents 
and accounts receivable. We are exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to these financial 
instruments.  We  place  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  various  high-quality  financial  institutions  throughout  the  world,  and 
exposure  is  limited  at  any  one  financial  institution. Although  we  do  not  obtain  collateral  or  other  security  to  support  these 
financial instruments, we evaluate the credit standing of the counterparty financial institutions. As of December 31, 2017, we 
had $38.2 million in accounts receivable outstanding from Anixter International Inc. This represented approximately 8% of our 
total accounts receivable outstanding at December 31, 2017. Anixter generally pays all outstanding receivables within thirty to 
sixty days of invoice receipt. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Belden Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have  audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Belden Inc. (the  Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 
2016,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income,  stockholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed 
in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a)  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements 
referred to above present fairly, in all  material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 
2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance  with  the standards of the  Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the  Company's internal control over  financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission 2013 framework and our report dated February 13, 2018 expressed an adverse opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement,  whether due to 
error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993. 
St. Louis, Missouri 
February 13, 2018 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Receivables, net 

Inventories, net 

Other current assets 

Assets held for sale 

Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization 

Deferred income taxes 

Other long-lived assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 

Accrued liabilities 

Liabilities held for sale 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt 

Postretirement benefits 

Deferred income taxes 

Other long-term liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share— 2,000 shares authorized; 52 shares 
outstanding 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share— 200,000 shares authorized; 50,335 shares 
issued; 42,019 and 42,180 shares outstanding at 2017 and 2016, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 

Retained earnings 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Treasury stock, at cost— 8,316 and 8,155 shares at 2017 and 2016, respectively 

Total Belden stockholders’ equity 

Noncontrolling interest 

Total stockholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands, except par value) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

561,108     $ 
473,570    
297,226    
40,167    
—    
1,372,071    
337,322    
1,478,257    
545,207    
42,549    
65,207    
3,840,613     $ 

848,116  
388,059  
190,408  
29,176  
23,193  
1,478,952  
309,291  
1,385,995  
560,082  
33,706  
38,777  
3,806,803  

376,277     $ 
302,651    
—    
678,928    
1,560,748    
102,085    
27,713    
36,273    

258,203  
310,340  
1,736  
570,279  
1,620,161  
104,050  
14,276  
36,720  

1 

1 

503 
1,123,832    
833,610    
(98,026 )  

(425,685 )  
1,434,235    
631    
1,434,866    
3,840,613     $ 

503 
1,116,090  
783,812  
(39,067 ) 

(401,026 ) 
1,460,313  
1,004  
1,461,317  
3,806,803  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

$ 

Revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development 
Amortization of intangibles 
Impairment of assets held for sale 

Operating income 

Interest expense, net 
Loss on debt extinguishment 

Income from continuing operations before taxes 

Income tax benefit (expense) 

Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax 
Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax 

Net income 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to Belden 

Less: Preferred stock dividends 

Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 

$ 

Weighted average number of common shares and equivalents: 

2017 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
2,388,643     $ 
(1,454,604 )  
934,039    
(461,022 )  
(134,330 )  
(103,997 )  
—    
234,690    
(82,901 )  
(52,441 )  
99,348    
(6,495 )  
92,853    
—    
—    
92,853    
(357 )  
93,210    
34,931    
58,279     $ 

2,356,672     $ 
(1,375,678 )  
980,994    
(494,224 )  
(140,601 )  
(98,385 )  
(23,931 )  
223,853    
(95,050 )  
(2,342 )  
126,461    
1,185    
127,646    
—    
—    
127,646    
(357 )  
128,003    
15,428    
112,575     $ 

2,309,222  
(1,391,049 ) 
918,173  
(525,518 ) 
(148,311 ) 
(103,791 ) 
—  
140,553  
(100,613 ) 
—  
39,940  
26,568  
66,508  
(242 ) 
(86 ) 
66,180  
(24 ) 
66,204  
—  
66,204  

Basic 
Diluted 

42,220    
42,643    

42,093    
42,557    

42,390  
42,953  

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to Belden common 
stockholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Net income 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Belden common 
stockholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Net income 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.38     $ 
—    
1.38     $ 

1.37     $ 
—    
1.37     $ 

2.67     $ 
—    
2.67     $ 

2.65     $ 
—    
2.65     $ 

1.57  
(0.01 ) 
1.56  

1.55  
(0.01 ) 
1.54  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands) 

2015 

Net income 

$ 

92,853     $ 

127,646     $ 

66,180  

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $1.3 million, $1.2 million, and 
$1.3 million, respectively 
Adjustments to pension and postretirement liability, net of tax of $2.2 
million, $1.9 million, and $3.1 million, respectively 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Comprehensive income 

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Comprehensive income attributable to Belden 

$ 

(65,046 )  

18,687 

(20,842 ) 

6,071 

(58,975 )  
33,878    
(373 )  
34,251     $ 

1,170 
19,857    
147,503    
(420 )  
147,923     $ 

7,864 

(12,978 ) 
53,202  
(46 ) 
53,248  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

Share-based compensation 

Loss on debt extinguishment 

Deferred income tax benefit 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of currency 
exchange rate changes and acquired businesses: 

Receivables 

Inventories 

Accounts payable 

Accrued liabilities 

Accrued taxes 

Other assets 

Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Cash used to acquire businesses, net of cash acquired 

Capital expenditures 

Other 

Proceeds from disposal of business 

Proceeds from disposal of tangible assets 

Net cash used for investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Payments under borrowing arrangements 

Cash dividends paid 

Payments under share repurchase program 

Debt issuance costs paid 

Withholding tax payments for share based payment awards, net of proceeds 
from the exercise of stock options 
Borrowings under credit arrangements 

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net 

Contribution from noncontrolling interest 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

Years Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

(In thousands) 

$ 

92,853    $ 

127,646    $ 

66,180  

149,650   
—   
14,647   
52,441   
(24,098 )  

(24,931 )  
(84,088 )  
100,752   
(25,076 )  
5,001   
(13,255 )  
11,404   
255,300   

(166,896 )  
(64,261 )  
—   
—   
1,039   
(230,118 )  

(1,105,892 )  
(43,376 )  
(25,000 )  
(17,316 )  

(6,564 )  
866,700   
—   
—   
(331,448 )  
19,258   
(287,008 )  
848,116   
561,108    $ 

$ 

145,593   
23,931   
18,178   
2,342   
(30,034 )  

(10,115 )  
2,677   
39,298   
(13,181 )  
11,722   
760   
(4,023 )  
314,794   

(18,848 )  
(53,974 )  
(827 )  
—   
392   
(73,257 )  

(294,375 )  
(16,079 )  
—   
(3,910 )  

(7,480 )  
222,050   
501,498   
—   
401,704   
(11,876 )  
631,365   
216,751   
848,116    $ 

150,342  
—  
17,745  
—  
(45,674 ) 

6,066  
19,204  
(38,907 ) 
59,214  
11,981  
(4,840 ) 
149  
241,460  

(695,345 ) 

(54,969 ) 
—  
3,527  
533  

(746,254 ) 

(152,500 ) 

(8,395 ) 

(39,053 ) 

(898 ) 

(11,693 ) 
200,000  
—  
1,470  

(11,069 ) 
(8,548 ) 

(524,411 ) 
741,162  
216,751  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Belden Inc. 
Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity Statements 

Belden Inc. Stockholders 

Mandatory Convertible 
Preferred Stock 

Common Stock 

Shares 

  Amount    Shares    Amount   

  Additional 
Paid-In  
Capital 

Treasury Stock 

Retained 
Earnings 

  Shares 

  Amount 

  Accumulated 
Other  
Comprehensive  
Income (Loss) 

Non-
controlling 
Interest 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2014 

Contribution from noncontrolling interest 

Net income 

Foreign currency translation, net of $1.3 million tax 

Adjustments to pension and postretirement liability, net of $3.1 
million tax 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Exercise of stock options, net of tax withholding forfeitures 

Conversion of restricted stock units into common stock, net of tax 
withholding forfeitures 
Share repurchase program 

Share-based compensation related items 

Common stock dividends ($0.20 per share) 

Balance at December 31, 2015 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation, net of $1.2 million tax 

Adjustments to pension and postretirement liability, net of $1.9 
million tax 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Preferred stock issuance, net 

Exercise of stock options, net of tax withholding forfeitures 

Conversion of restricted stock units into common stock, net of tax 
withholding forfeitures 
Share-based compensation related items 

Preferred stock dividends 

Common stock dividends ($0.20 per share) 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation, net of $1.3 million tax 

Adjustments to pension and postretirement liability, net of $2.2 
million tax 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Exercise of stock options, net of tax withholding forfeitures 

Conversion of restricted stock units into common stock, net of tax 
withholding forfeitures 
Share repurchase program 

Share-based compensation 

Preferred stock dividends 

Common stock dividends ($0.20 per share) 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

—    $ 
—   
—     
—   
— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
—    $ 
—   
—   
— 

52   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
52    $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   

—   
—   

—   
— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
— 

1   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
1   
—   
—   
— 

—   

50,335    $ 
—   
—   
—   
— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
50,335    $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
50,335    $ 
—   
—   
— 

503    $ 
—   
—   
—   
— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
503    $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
503    $ 
—   
—   
— 

595,389    $ 
—   
—   
—   
— 

(6,070 )  
(6,454 )  
—   
22,795   
—   
605,660    $ 
—   
—   
— 

501,497   
(4,205 )  
(5,040 )  
18,178   
—   
—   

1,116,090    $ 

—   
—   
— 

—   

—   

(In thousands) 
621,896   
—   
66,204   
—   
— 

(7,871 )   $ 
—   
—   
—   
— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
(8,384 )  
679,716   
128,003   
—   
— 

—   
—   
— 
—   
(15,428 )  
(8,479 )  
783,812   
93,210   
—   
— 

100   
115 
(698 )  
—   
—   
(8,354 )   $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   
76   
123 
—   
—   
—   
(8,155 )   $ 
—   
—   
— 

(364,571 )   $ 
—   
—   
—   
— 

(96 )  

927 
(39,053 )  
—   
—   
(402,793 )   $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   
117   
1,650 
—   
—   
—   
(401,026 )   $ 
—   
—   
— 

—   

55   

(203 )  

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
52    $ 

97 
— 
—   
(313 )  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
503    $ 
(8,316 )   $ 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements 

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
50,335    $ 

— 
—   
—   
(34,931 )  
(8,481 )  
833,610   

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
1   

1,123,832    $ 

544 
(25,000 )  
—   
—   
—   
(425,685 )   $ 

(2,635 )  
(4,270 )  
—   
14,647   
—   
—   

53 

(46,031 )   $ 
—   
—   
(20,820 )  

—    $ 

1,470   
(24 )  
(22 )  

7,864 

— 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
(58,987 )   $ 
—   
18,750   
1,170 

—   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
(39,067 )   $ 
—   
(65,030 )  

6,071 

—   

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
(98,026 )   $ 

—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
1,424    $ 
(357 )  
(63 )  

— 

—   
—   
— 
—   
—   
—   
1,004    $ 
(357 )  
(16 )  

— 

—   

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   
631    $ 

807,186  
1,470  
66,180  
(20,842 ) 

7,864 

(12,978 ) 
(6,166 ) 

(5,527 ) 

(39,053 ) 
22,795  
(8,384 ) 
825,523  
127,646  
18,687  

1,170 
19,857  
501,498  
(4,088 ) 

(3,390 ) 
18,178  
(15,428 ) 

(8,479 ) 
1,461,317  
92,853  
(65,046 ) 

6,071 

(58,975 ) 
(2,838 ) 

(3,726 ) 

(25,000 ) 
14,647  
(34,931 ) 

(8,481 ) 
1,434,866  

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1: Basis of Presentation 

Business Description 

Belden  Inc.  (the  Company,  us,  we,  or  our)  is  an  innovative  signal  transmission  solutions  company  built  around  four  global 
business  platforms  –  Broadcast  Solutions,  Enterprise  Solutions,  Industrial  Solutions,  and  Network  Solutions.  Our 
comprehensive  portfolio  of  signal  transmission  solutions  provides  industry  leading  secure  and  reliable  transmission  of  data, 
sound,  and  video  for  mission  critical  applications.  We  sell  our  products  to  distributors,  end-users,  installers,  and  directly  to 
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). 

Consolidation 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include Belden Inc. and all of its subsidiaries, including variable interest 
entities  for  which  we  are  the  primary  beneficiary.  We  eliminate  all  significant  affiliate  accounts  and  transactions  in 
consolidation. 

Foreign Currency 

For  international  operations  with  functional  currencies  other  than  the  United States  (U.S.)  dollar,  we  translate  assets  and 
liabilities at current exchange rates;  we translate income and expenses using average  exchange rates. We report the resulting 
translation  adjustments,  as  well  as  gains  and  losses  from  certain  affiliate  transactions,  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We include exchange gains and losses on transactions in operating 
income. 

We  determine  the  functional  currency  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  based  upon  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic 
environment in which each subsidiary operates. Typically, that is determined by the currency in which the subsidiary primarily 
generates  and  expends  cash.  We  have  concluded  that  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency  for  all  of  our  material 
subsidiaries. 

Reporting Periods 

Our fiscal year and fiscal fourth quarter both end on December 31. Our fiscal first quarter ends on the Sunday falling closest to 
91 days after December 31. Our fiscal second and third quarters each have 91 days. 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires us to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and operating results and the disclosure 
of  contingencies.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  We  make  significant  estimates  with  respect  to  the 
collectability  and  valuation  of  receivables,  the  valuation  of  inventory,  the  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets,  the  valuation  of 
goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,  the  valuation  of  contingent  liabilities,  the  calculation  of  share-based 
compensation, the calculation of pension and other postretirement benefits expense, and the valuation of acquired businesses. 

Reclassifications 

We have made certain, insignificant reclassifications to the 2016 and 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements with no impact to 
reported net income in order to conform to the 2017 presentation. 

54 

 
 
 
Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Fair Value Measurement 

Accounting guidance for fair value measurements specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based upon whether the inputs 
to those valuation techniques reflect assumptions other market participants would use based upon market data obtained from 
independent sources or reflect our own assumptions of market participant valuation. The hierarchy is broken down into three 
levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows: 

•  

•  

•  

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets that are unadjusted and accessible at the measurement date for identical, 
unrestricted assets or liabilities; 

Level 2 – Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar 
assets and liabilities in active markets, or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either 
directly or indirectly; and 

Level  3  –  Prices  or  valuations  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and 
unobservable. 

As of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 we utilized Level 1 inputs to determine the fair value of cash equivalents, and Level 
3 inputs to determine the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations (see Note 3) and for our annual impairment 
testing (see Note 11). We did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during 2017. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We classify cash on hand and deposits in banks, including commercial paper, money market accounts, and other investments 
with an original maturity of three months or less, that we hold from time to time, as cash and cash equivalents. We periodically 
have cash equivalents consisting of short-term money market funds and other investments. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
we did not have any such cash equivalents on hand. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital 
for the purpose of funding operations. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Accounts Receivable 

We classify amounts owed to us and due within twelve months, arising from the sale of goods or services in the normal course 
of business, as current receivables. We classify receivables due after twelve months as other long-lived assets. 

At the time of sale, we establish an estimated reserve for trade, promotion, and other special price reductions such as contract 
pricing, discounts to meet competitor pricing, and on-time payment discounts. We also adjust receivable balances for, among 
other things, correction of billing errors, incorrect shipments, and settlement of customer disputes. Customers are allowed to 
return inventory if and when certain conditions regarding the physical state of the inventory and our approval of the return  are 
met. Certain distribution customers are allowed to return inventory at original cost, in an amount not to exceed three percent of 
the  prior  year’s  purchases,  in  exchange  for  an  order  of  equal  or  greater  value.  Until  we  can  process  these  reductions, 
corrections, and returns (together, the  Changes)  through individual customer records,  we estimate  the amount of outstanding 
Changes and recognize them by reducing revenues and accounts receivable. We also adjust inventory and cost of sales for the 
estimated level of returns. We base these estimates on historical and anticipated sales demand, trends in product pricing, and 
historical and anticipated Changes patterns. We make revisions to these estimates in the period in which the facts that give rise 
to each revision become known. Future market conditions might require us to take actions to further reduce prices and increase 
customer  return  authorizations.  Unprocessed  Changes  recognized  against  our  gross  accounts  receivable  balance  at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $35.7 million and $23.3 million, respectively. 

We  evaluate  the  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  based  on  the  specific  identification  method. A  considerable  amount  of 
judgment  is  required  in  assessing  the  realizability  of  accounts  receivable,  including  the  current  creditworthiness  of  each 
customer  and  related  aging  of  the  past  due  balances.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  customers’  financial 
condition.  Through  these  evaluations,  we  may  become  aware  of  a  situation  where  a  customer  may  not  be  able  to  meet  its 

55 

 
 
 
financial obligations due to deterioration of its financial viability, credit ratings, or bankruptcy. We record a specific reserve for 
bad debts against amounts due to reduce the receivable to its estimated collectible balance. We recognized bad debt expense, 
net of recoveries, of $0.0 million, $1.5 million, and $(1.8) million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. In 2015, we recovered 
approximately  $2.7  million  of  accounts  receivable  from  one  significant  customer.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $7.8 million and $8.1 million, respectively. 

Inventories and Related Reserves 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We determine the cost of all raw materials, work-in-process, and finished 
goods inventories by the first in, first out method. Cost components of inventories include direct labor, applicable production 
overhead, and amounts paid to suppliers of materials and products as well as freight costs and, when applicable, duty costs to 
import the materials and products. 

We evaluate the realizability of our inventory on a product-by-product basis in light of historical and anticipated sales demand, 
technological changes, product life cycle, component cost  trends, product pricing, and inventory condition. In circumstances 
where inventory levels are in excess of anticipated market demand, where inventory is deemed technologically obsolete or not 
saleable due to condition, or where inventory cost exceeds net realizable value, we record a charge to cost of sales and reduce 
the inventory to its net realizable value. The allowances for excess and obsolete inventories at December 31, 2017 and 2016 
totaled $25.3 million and $24.6 million, respectively.  

Property, Plant and Equipment 

We record property, plant and equipment at cost. We  calculate  depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of the related assets ranging from 10 to 40 years for buildings, 5 to 12 years for machinery and equipment, and 5 to 10 
years for computer equipment and software. Construction in process reflects amounts incurred for the configuration and build-
out of property, plant and equipment and for property, plant and equipment not yet placed into service. We charge maintenance 
and  repairs—both  planned  major  activities  and  less-costly,  ongoing  activities—to  expense  as  incurred. We  capitalize interest 
costs associated with the construction of capital assets and amortize the costs over the assets’ useful lives. Depreciation expense 
is  included  in  costs  of  sales;  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  and  research  and  development  expenses  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the specific categorization and use of the underlying assets being depreciated. 

We  review  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  determine  whether  an  event  or  change  in  circumstances  indicates  the  carrying 
values of the assets may not be recoverable. We base our evaluation on the nature of the assets, the future economic benefit  of 
the assets, and any historical or future profitability  measurements, as  well  as other external  market conditions or factors that 
may be present. If such impairment indicators are present or other factors exist that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset 
may not be recoverable, we determine whether impairment has occurred through the use of an undiscounted cash flow analysis. 
If impairment has occurred, we recognize a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. 

For  purposes  of  impairment  testing  of  long-lived  assets,  we  have  identified  asset  groups  at  the  lowest  level  for  which 
identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. Generally, our asset groups are 
based on an individual plant or operating facility level. In some circumstances,  however, a combination of plants or operating 
facilities may be considered the asset group due to interdependence of operational activities and cash flows. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Our  intangible  assets  consist  of  (a) definite-lived  assets  subject  to  amortization  such  as  developed  technology,  customer 
relationships,  certain  in-service  research  and  development,  certain  trademarks,  backlog,  and  capitalized  software  intangible 
assets, and (b) indefinite-lived assets not subject to amortization such as goodwill, certain trademarks, and certain in-process 
research and development intangible assets. We record amortization of the definite-lived intangible assets over the  estimated 
useful lives of the related assets, which generally range from one year or less for backlog to more than 25 years for certain of 
our customer relationships. We determine the amortization method for our definite-lived intangible assets based on the pattern 

56 

 
 
in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. In the event we cannot reliably determine that pattern, we 
utilize a straight-line amortization method. 

We test our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis 
during  the  fourth  quarter  or  when  indicators  of  impairment  exist.  We  base  our  estimates  on  assumptions  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable,  but  which  are  not  predictable  with  precision  and  therefore  are  inherently  uncertain.  Actual  future  results  could 
differ from these estimates. 

The  accounting  guidance  related  to  goodwill  impairment  testing  allows  for  the  performance  of  an  optional  qualitative 
assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Such an 
evaluation is made based on the weight of all available evidence and the significance of all identified events and circumstances 
that  may influence  the fair value  of a  reporting  unit.  If it  is  more likely  than  not that  the fair  value is less  than the carrying 
value,  then  a  quantitative  assessment  is  required  for  the  reporting  unit,  as  described  in  the  paragraph  below.  In  2017,  we 
performed  a  qualitative  assessment  for  seven  of  our  reporting  units,  which  collectively  represented  approximately  $547.2 
million of our consolidated goodwill balance. For those reporting units for which we performed a qualitative assessment,  we 
determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than the carrying value, and therefore, we did not 
perform the calculation of fair value for these reporting units as described in the paragraph below. 

For  our  annual  impairment  test  in  2017,  we  performed  a  quantitative  assessment  for  five  of  our  reporting  units,  which 
collectively represented approximately $931.1 million of our consolidated goodwill balance. Under a quantitative assessment 
for goodwill impairment,  we determine the fair value using the income approach (using Level 3 inputs) as reconciled to our 
aggregate market capitalization. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present 
value of estimated future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets including 
goodwill  assigned  to  that  unit,  goodwill  is  not  impaired.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  net  assets  including 
goodwill exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we record an impairment charge based on that difference. In addition 
to  the  income  approach,  we  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  under  a  market  approach.  The  market  approach 
measures the fair value of a reporting unit through analysis of financial multiples of comparable businesses. Consideration is 
given to the financial conditions and operating performance of the reporting unit being valued relative to those publicly-traded 
companies  operating  in  the  same  or  similar  lines  of  business.  The  fair  values  of  the  five  reporting  units  tested  under  a 
quantitative approach were in excess of the carrying values as of the impairment testing date. 

We did not recognize any goodwill impairment in 2017, 2016, or 2015. See Note 10 for further discussion. 

We  also  evaluate  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  or  at  other  times  if  events  have  occurred  or 
circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of those assets may no longer be recoverable. We compare the fair value of 
the asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in 
an  amount  equal  to  that  excess. We  did  not  recognize  impairment  charges  for  our  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  in  2017, 
2016, or 2015. See Note 11 for further discussion. 

We review intangible assets subject to amortization whenever an event or change in circumstances indicates the carrying values 
of the  assets  may  not be recoverable. We test intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment and estimate  their fair 
values  using  the  same  assumptions  and  techniques  we  employ  on  property,  plant  and  equipment.  We  did  not  recognize  any 
impairment charges for amortizable intangible assets in 2017, 2016, or 2015. 

Equity Method Investment 

We had a 50% ownership interest in Xuzhou Hirschmann Electronics Co. Ltd (the Hirschmann JV).  The Hirschmann JV is an 
entity located in China that supplies load-moment indicators to the mobile crane market.  We sold the Hirschmann JV effective 
December  31,  2017  and  recognized  a  loss  on  sale  of  the  assets  of  $1.0  million.  When  we  committed  to  a  plan  to  sell  the 
Hirschmann  JV  in  2016,  the  carrying  value  of  our  investment  in  the  Hirschmann  JV  was  classified  as  held  for  sale. As  of 
December 31, 2016, the carrying value of our investment was $26.8 million. Prior to selling the Hirschmann JV, we accounted 
for this investment using the equity method of accounting.  See Note 4. 

57 

 
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

Our pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on the various actuarial assumptions used in 
calculating such amounts. These assumptions relate to discount rates, salary growth, long-term return on plan assets, health care 
cost trend rates, mortality tables, and other factors. We base the discount rate assumptions on current investment yields on high-
quality corporate long-term bonds. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience and future or near-
term  outlook.  We  determine  the  long-term  return  on  plan  assets  based  on  historical  portfolio  results  and  management’s 
expectation of the future economic environment. Our health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost 
data, the near-term outlook, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are 
accumulated and, if in excess of the lesser of 10% of the projected benefit obligation or the fair market value of plan assets, are 
amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants. 

Accrued Sales Rebates 

We grant incentive rebates to participating customers as part of our sales programs. The rebates are determined based on certain 
targeted sales volumes. Rebates are paid quarterly or annually in either cash or receivables credits. Until we can process these 
rebates  through  individual  customer  records,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  outstanding  rebates  and  recognize  them  as  accrued 
liabilities  and  reductions  in  our  gross  revenues.  We  base  our  estimates  on  both  historical  and  anticipated  sales  demand  and 
rebate  program participation. We charge revisions to these  estimates back to accrued liabilities and revenues in  the period in 
which the facts that give rise to each revision become known. Future market conditions and product transitions might require us 
to  take  actions  to  increase  sales  rebates  offered,  possibly  resulting  in  an  incremental  increase  in  accrued  liabilities  and  an 
incremental  reduction  in  revenues  at  the  time  the  rebate  is  offered.  Accrued  sales  rebates  at  December 31,  2017  and  2016 
totaled $38.0 million and $33.1 million, respectively. 

Contingent Liabilities 

We  have  established  liabilities  for  environmental  and  legal  contingencies  that  are  probable  of  occurrence  and  reasonably 
estimable, the amounts of which are currently not material. A significant amount of judgment and use of estimates is required to 
quantify our ultimate exposure in these matters. We review the valuation of these liabilities on a quarterly basis, and we adjust 
the balances to account for changes in circumstances for ongoing and emerging issues. 

We accrue environmental remediation costs based on estimates of known environmental remediation exposures developed in 
consultation  with  our  environmental  consultants  and  legal  counsel,  the  amounts  of  which  are  not  currently  material.  We 
expense environmental compliance costs, which include maintenance and operating costs with respect to ongoing monitoring 
programs, as incurred. We evaluate the range of potential costs to remediate environmental sites. The ultimate cost of site clean-
up  is  difficult  to  predict  given  the  uncertainties  of  our  involvement  in  certain  sites,  uncertainties  regarding  the  extent  of  the 
required  clean-up,  the  availability  of  alternative  clean-up  methods,  variations  in  the  interpretation  of  applicable  laws  and 
regulations, the possibility of insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites, and other factors. 

We are, from time to time, subject to routine litigation incidental to our business. These lawsuits primarily involve claims for 
damages  arising  out  of  the  use  of  our  products,  allegations  of  patent  or  trademark  infringement,  and  litigation  and 
administrative proceedings involving employment matters and commercial disputes. Assessments regarding the ultimate cost of 
lawsuits require judgments concerning matters such as the anticipated outcome of negotiations, the number and cost of pending 
and future claims, and the impact of evidentiary requirements. Based on facts currently available, we believe the disposition of 
the claims that are pending or asserted will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations 
or cash flow. 

Business Combination Accounting 

We allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. 
The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded to goodwill. We use 
all available information to estimate fair values. We typically engage third party valuation specialists to assist in the fair value 

58 

 
 
determination  of  inventories,  tangible  long-lived  assets,  and  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill.  The  carrying  values  of 
acquired receivables and accounts payable have historically approximated their fair values as of the business combination date. 
As  necessary,  we  may  engage  third  party  specialists  to  assist  in  the  estimation  of  fair  value  for  certain  liabilities,  such  as 
deferred  revenue  or  postretirement  benefit  liabilities.  We  adjust  the  preliminary  purchase  price  allocation,  as  necessary, 
typically  up  to  one  year  after  the  acquisition  closing  date  as  we  obtain  more  information  regarding  asset  valuations  and 
liabilities assumed. 

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue when all of the following circumstances are satisfied: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
(2) price  is  fixed  or  determinable,  (3) collectability  is  reasonably  assured,  and  (4) delivery  has  occurred.  Delivery  typically 
occurs in the period in which the customer takes title and assumes the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified 
in the customer’s purchase order or sales agreement. At times, we enter into arrangements that involve the delivery of multiple 
elements. For these arrangements, when the elements can be separated, the revenue is allocated to each deliverable based on 
that element’s relative selling price and recognized based on the period of delivery for each element. Generally, we determine 
relative selling price using vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). 

We record revenue net of estimated rebates, price allowances, invoicing adjustments, and product returns. We record revisions 
to  these  estimates  in  the  period  in  which  the  facts  that  give  rise  to  each  revision  become  known.    Taxes  collected  from 
customers and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in our revenues. 

We  have  certain  products  subject  to  the  accounting  guidance  on  software  revenue  recognition.  For  such  products,  software 
license revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee 
is fixed or determinable, collection is probable and VSOE of the fair value of undelivered elements exists. As substantially all 
of the software licenses are sold in multiple-element arrangements that include either support or professional services, we use 
the  residual  method  to  determine  the  amount  of  software  license  revenue  to  be  recognized.  Under  the  residual  method, 
consideration is allocated to undelivered elements based upon VSOE of the fair value of those elements, with the residual of the 
arrangement  fee  allocated  to  and  recognized  as  software  license  revenue.  We  have  established  VSOE  of  the  fair  value  of 
support, subscription-based software licenses, and professional services. Software license revenue is generally recognized upon 
delivery of the software if all revenue recognition criteria are met. 

Revenue allocated to support services under our support contracts is typically paid in advance and recognized ratably over the 
term of the service. Revenue allocated to subscription-based software and remote ongoing operational services is also paid in 
advance and recognized ratably over the term of the  service. Revenue  allocated to professional services is recognized as the 
services are performed. 

Contingent Gain 

On  July  5,  2011,  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  PPC  Broadband,  Inc.  (PPC),  filed  an  action  for  patent  infringement  against 
Corning Optical Communications RF LLC (Corning). The Complaint alleged that Corning infringed two of PPC’s patents.  In 
July 2015,  a  jury  found  that  Corning  willfully  infringed  both  patents.   In  November  2016,  following  a  series  of  post-trial 
motions, the  trial judge issued rulings for a total judgment in our favor of approximately $61.3 million.  In December 2016, 
Corning appealed the case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and that appeal remains pending. We have not 
recorded any amounts in our consolidated financial statements related to this matter due to the pendency of the appeal. 

In 2016, we entered into a patent settlement agreement with a company whereby we received $10.3 million of royalty revenues. 
Our Broadcast Solutions Segment Revenues in 2016 include $4.7 million of the $10.3 million total royalty revenues received 
from  the  patent  settlement  agreement.  The  remaining  $5.6  million  is  a  reconciling  item  from  total  Segment  Revenues  to 
consolidated revenues as this portion represented the settlement for royalties prior to 2016. See Note 6. 

59 

 
 
 
Cost of Sales 

Cost of sales includes our total cost of inventory sold during the period, including material, labor, production overhead costs, 
variable manufacturing costs, and fixed manufacturing costs. Production overhead costs include operating supplies, applicable 
utility expenses, maintenance costs, and scrap. Variable manufacturing costs include inbound, interplant, and outbound freight, 
inventory shrinkage, and charges for excess and obsolete inventory. Fixed manufacturing costs include the costs associated with 
our purchasing, receiving, inspection, warehousing, distribution centers, production and inventory control, and manufacturing 
management. Cost of sales also includes the costs to provide maintenance and support and other professional services. 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

We recognize fees earned on the shipment of product to customers as revenues and recognize costs incurred on the shipment of 
product to customers as a cost of sales. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses not directly related to the production of inventory. They include 
all expenses related to selling and marketing our products, as well as the salary and benefit costs of associates performing the 
selling and marketing functions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include salary and benefit costs, purchased 
services, and other costs related to our executive and administrative functions. 

Research and Development Costs 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $25.0 million, $27.2 million, and $27.5 million for 2017, 
2016, and 2015, respectively. 

Share-Based Compensation 

We  compensate  certain  employees  and  non-employee  directors  with  various  forms  of  share-based  payment  awards  and 
recognize  compensation  costs  for  these  awards  based  on  their  fair  values.  We  estimate  the  fair  values  of  certain  awards, 
primarily  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  option-pricing  formula,  which 
incorporates certain assumptions regarding the expected term of an award and expected stock price volatility. We develop the 
expected term assumption based on the vesting period and contractual term of an award, our historical exercise and cancellation 
experience, our stock price history, plan provisions that require exercise or cancellation of awards after employees terminate, 
and  the  extent  to  which  currently  available  information  indicates  that  the  future  is  reasonably  expected  to  differ  from  past 
experience. We develop the expected volatility assumption based on historical price data for our common stock. We estimate 
the fair value of certain restricted stock units with service vesting conditions and performance vesting conditions based on  the 
grant date stock price. We estimate the fair value of certain restricted stock units with market conditions using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model with the assistance of a third party valuation firm. 

After calculating the aggregate fair value of an award, we use an estimated forfeiture rate to discount the amount of share-based 
compensation  cost  expected  to  be  recognized  in  our  operating  results  over  the  service  period  of  the  award.  We  develop  the 
forfeiture assumption based on our historical pre-vesting cancellation experience. 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are provided based on earnings reported for financial statement purposes. The provision for income taxes differs 
from  the  amounts  currently  payable  to  taxing  authorities  because  of  the  recognition  of  revenues  and  expenses  in  different 
periods  for  income  tax  purposes  than  for  financial  statement  purposes.  Income  taxes  are  provided  as  if  operations  in  all 

60 

 
countries,  including  the  U.S.,  were  stand-alone  businesses  filing  separate  tax  returns.    The  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  of  2017 
included a one-time transition tax on unremitted foreign earnings, and accordingly, we recorded tax expense of $29.1 million 
related  to  the  transition  tax  on  the  one-time  mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  all  our  foreign  earnings  as  of  December  31, 
2017. See Note 16 Income Taxes in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. 

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  tax  credit  carryforwards,  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  and  deductible 
temporary  differences  between  taxable  income  on  our  income  tax  returns  and  pretax  income  on  our  financial  statements. 
Deferred tax assets generally represent future tax benefits to be received when these carryforwards can be applied against future 
taxable income or when expenses previously reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements become deductible for income 
tax purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required when some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not 
be  realized. The Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  of  2017  included  a  $36.0  million  tax  benefit  for  the  remeasurement  of  deferred  tax 
assets and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse and a valuation allowance of $35.3 million recorded 
against foreign tax credit carryforwards that we no longer expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. 

Our  effective  tax  rate  is  based  on  expected  income,  statutory  tax  rates,  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  to  us  in  the 
various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  effective  tax  rate  and  in 
evaluating  our  tax  positions.  We  establish  accruals  for  uncertain  tax  positions  when  we  believe  that  the  full  amount  of  the 
associated tax benefit may not be realized. To the extent we were to prevail in matters for which accruals have been established 
or would be required to pay amounts in excess of reserves, there could be a material effect on our income tax provisions in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

Current-Year Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements 

In  July  2015,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-11,  Inventory  (Topic  330):    Simplifying  the 
Measurement  of  Inventory.    Under  the  new  guidance,  an  entity  is  to  measure  inventory  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  the  net 
realizable  value.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  prices  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonably 
predictable  costs  of  completion,  disposal,  and  transportation.  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016. We adopted ASU 2015-11 effective January 1, 2017. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):  
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Under the new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair 
value, an entity will record an impairment charge based on that difference. The impairment charge is limited to the amount of 
goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 eliminates the prior requirement of calculating a  goodwill impairment 
charge using Step 2.  The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted 
for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We early adopted ASU 2017-
04 effective January 1, 2017. Adoption had no impact on our results of operations. 

Pending Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (ASU 
2014-09), which will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. The core principle of the ASU is that 
an  entity  should  recognize  revenue  for  the  transfer  of  goods  or  services  equal  to  the  amount  that  it  expects  to  be  entitled  to 
receive  for  those  goods  or  services.  ASU  2014-09  requires  additional  disclosure  about  the  nature,  amount,  timing,  and 
uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  customer  contracts,  including  significant  judgments  and  changes  in 
judgments. We plan to adopt ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. We are 
substantially complete  with our evaluation of the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements. 
We do not expect significant changes in the timing or method of revenue recognition for any of our material revenue streams.  
In connection with adopting ASU 2014-09, we expect to record a cumulative-effect adjustment  net of tax to retained earnings 
of  $2.6  million  on  January  1,  2018. This  adjustment  primarily  relates  to  the  deferral  of  costs  to  obtain  a  contract  that  were 
previously expensed at the beginning of the contract period.   

61 

 
 
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02), a leasing standard for 
both lessees and lessors. Under its core principle, a lessee will recognize lease assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for all 
arrangements  with  terms  longer  than  12  months.  Lessor  accounting  remains  largely  consistent  with  existing  U.S.  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  The  new  standard  will  be  effective  for  us  beginning  January  1,  2019.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted. The standard requires the  use  of a  modified retrospective transition  method. We are still evaluating the effect that 
ASU 2016-02 will have  on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, but our initial assessment indicates 
that it will have a material impact to total assets and liabilities as we will be required to recognize lease assets and liabilities for 
all operating leases in which we are the lessee. 

In  August  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-15,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  
Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance addresses how the following eight specific cash 
flow items are to be presented: Debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or 
other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; 
contingent  consideration  payments  made  after  a  business  combination;  proceeds  from  the  settlement  of  insurance  claims; 
proceeds  from  the  settlement  of  corporate-owned  life  insurance  policies  (including  bank-owned  life  insurance  policies); 
distributions  received  from  equity  method  investees;  beneficial  interests  in  securitization  transactions;  and  separately 
identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December  15,  2017,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  standard  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16,  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets  Other  Than 
Inventory  (ASU  2016-16),  which  requires  recognition  of  the  income  tax  consequences  of  an  intra-entity  transfer  of  an  asset 
other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the standard eliminates the exception to the recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer other than for inventory until the asset has been sold to an outside 
party. The new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2018. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-16 will 
have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In March 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits:  Improving 
the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (ASU 2017-07), which requires an 
entity  to report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from the service 
rendered  by their employees during the period. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the 
Statement of Operations separately from the service cost component after Operating Income. Additionally, only the service cost 
component  will  be  eligible  for  capitalization,  when  applicable.  The  standard  requires  the  amendments  to  be  applied 
retrospectively for the presentation of the service cost component and the other cost components of net periodic pension cost 
and  net  periodic  OPEB  cost  in  the  Statement  of  Operations  and  prospectively,  on  and  after  the  effective  date,  for  the 
capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic pension and OPEB costs.  The new standard will be effective for us 
beginning January 1, 2018. We are evaluating the effect that ASU 2017-07 will have on our consolidated financial statements 
and related disclosures. 

In  August  2017,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. ASU  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  
Targeted  Improvements  to  Accounting  for  Hedging  Activities.  The  new  guidance  better  aligns  an  entity’s  risk  management 
activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance 
for  qualifying  hedging  relationships  and  the  presentation  of  hedge  results.  The  new  guidance  also  makes  certain  targeted 
improvements  to  simplify  the  application  of  hedge  accounting  guidance  and  ease  the  administrative  burden  of  hedge 
documentation  requirements  and  assessing  hedge  effectiveness.  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December  15,  2018,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  standard  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In January 2018, the FASB released guidance on the accounting for tax on the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) 
provisions  of  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  (the  “Act”).  The  GILTI  provisions  impose  a  tax  on  foreign  income  in  excess  of  a 
deemed  return  on  tangible  assets  of  foreign  corporations.  The  guidance  indicates  that  either  accounting  for  deferred  taxes 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
related to GILTI inclusions or to treat any taxes on GILTI inclusions as a period cost are both acceptable methods subject to an 
accounting  policy  election.    Pending  further  anticipated  clarification  and  guidance  related  to  the  application  of  the  GILTI 
provisions and their impact to Belden, the Company intends to further assess the materiality of the anticipated GILTI inclusion 
before a policy election is made. 

Note 3: Acquisitions 

Thinklogical Holdings, LLC 

We acquired 100% of the outstanding ownership interest in Thinklogical Holdings, LLC (Thinklogical) on May 31, 2017 for 
cash  of  $171.3  million.    Thinklogical  designs,  manufactures,  and  markets  high-bandwidth  fiber  matrix  switches,  video,  and 
keyboard/video/mouse extender solutions, camera extenders, and console management solutions. Thinklogical is headquartered 
in Connecticut.  The results of Thinklogical have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements from May 31, 2017, 
and are reported within the Broadcast Solutions segment. The following table summarizes the estimated, preliminary fair values 
of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of May 31, 2017 (in thousands): 

Cash 

Receivables 

Inventory 

Prepaid and other current assets 

Property, plant, and equipment 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets 

   Total assets 

Accounts payable 

Accrued liabilities 

Deferred revenue 

   Total liabilities 

Net assets 

 $ 

5,376  
4,355  
16,424  
320  
4,289  
71,394  
73,400  
175,558  

1,231 
1,353  
1,702  
4,286  

 $ 

171,272 

A  single  estimate  of  fair  value  results  from  a  complex  series  of  judgments  about  future  events  and  uncertainties  and  relies 
heavily on estimates and assumptions. The judgments we have used in estimating the preliminary fair values assigned to each 
class of acquired assets and assumed liabilities could materially affect the results of our operations. 

The preliminary fair value of acquired receivables is $4.4 million, which is equivalent to its gross contractual amount.  

For purposes of the above allocation, we based our estimate of the preliminary fair values for the acquired inventory, intangible 
assets, and deferred revenue on a preliminary valuation study performed by a third party valuation firm.  We have estimated a 
preliminary fair value adjustment for inventories based on the estimated selling price of the work-in-process and finished goods 
acquired at the closing date less the sum of the costs to complete the work-in-process, the costs of disposal, and a reasonable 
profit allowance for our post acquisition selling efforts. We used various valuation methods including discounted cash flows, 
lost income, excess earnings, and relief from royalty to estimate the preliminary fair value of the identifiable intangible assets 
and deferred revenue (Level 3 valuation). The determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and 
the allocation of the purchase price is substantially complete pending the completion of taxes. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets reflected above were determined to meet the criterion for recognition apart from tangible 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  goodwill  is  primarily  attributable  to  expected  synergies  and  the  assembled 
workforce. The expected synergies for the Thinklogical acquisition primarily consist of utilizing Belden's fiber and connectivity 
portfolio  with  Thinklogical's  connections  between  matrix  switch,  control  systems,  transmitters  and  source  to  expand  our 
product  portfolio  across  our  segments  to  both  existing  and  new  customers.  Our  tax  basis  in  the  acquired  goodwill  is 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
approximately $44.0 million and is deductible for tax purposes over a period of 15 years up to the amount of the tax basis. The 
intangible assets related to the acquisition consisted of the following: 

Intangible assets subject to amortization: 

Developed technologies 

Customer relationships 

Trademarks 

Sales backlog 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization: 

Goodwill 

Total intangible assets not subject to amortization 

Total intangible assets 

Weighted average amortization period 

  Fair Value 

  (In thousands) 

Amortization 
Period 
(In years) 

 $ 

 $ 

62,600    
6,500    
2,900    
1,400    
73,400      

71,394    
71,394      
144,794      

10.0 

8.0 

10.0 

0.3 

n/a 

9.6 

The amortizable intangible assets reflected in the table above were determined by us to have finite lives. The useful life for the 
developed  technology  intangible  asset  was  based  on  the  estimated  time  that  the  technology  provides  us  with  a  competitive 
advantage and thus approximates the period and pattern of consumption of the intangible asset. The useful life for the customer 
relationship  intangible  asset  was  based  on  our  forecasts  of  estimated  sales  from  recurring  customers.  The  useful  life  for  the 
trademarks was based on the period of time we expect to continue to go to market using the trademarks.  The useful life of the 
backlog intangible asset was based on our estimate of when the ordered items would ship. 

Our consolidated revenues and consolidated income from continuing operations before taxes for the year ended December 31, 
2017  included  $30.8  million  and  $(8.9)  million,  respectively,  from  Thinklogical.    The  loss  before  taxes  from  Thinklogical 
included  $11.9  million  of  amortization  of  intangible  assets  and  $6.1  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of 
acquired inventory to fair value. 

The following table illustrates the unaudited pro forma effect on operating results as if the Thinklogical acquisition had been 
completed as of January 1, 2016. 

Revenues 
Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 
Diluted income per share attributable to Belden common stockholders 

 $ 

  $ 

Years Ended 
  December 31, 2017    December 31, 2016 
(In thousands, except per share data) 
(Unaudited) 

2,399,715    $ 
60,690    

1.42     $ 

2,407,830  
113,014  
2.66  

For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the year ended December 31, 2016 includes nonrecurring expenses from the effects 
of  purchase  accounting,  including  cost  of  sales  arising  from  the  adjustment  of  inventory  to  fair  value  of  $6.1  million  and 
amortization of the sales backlog intangible asset of $1.4 million. 

The  above  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  does  not  purport  to 
represent  what  our  results  of  operations  would  have  been  had  we  completed  the  acquisition  on  the  date  assumed,  nor  is  it 
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in future periods. Pro forma adjustments exclude cost savings from 
any synergies resulting from the acquisition. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M2FX 

We acquired 100% of the shares of M2FX Limited (M2FX) on January 7, 2016 for a purchase price of $19.0 million. M2FX is 
a  manufacturer  of  fiber  optic  cable  and  fiber  protective  solutions  for  broadband  access  and  telecommunications  networks.  
M2FX is located in the United Kingdom.  The results of M2FX have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements 
from January 7, 2016, and are reported within the Broadcast Solutions segment.  The M2FX acquisition was not material to our 
financial  position  or  results  of  operations.    Of  the  total  purchase  price,  $3.2  million  was  deferred  as  estimated  earn-out 
consideration.  We determined the estimated fair value of the earn-out with the assistance of a third party  valuation specialist 
using  a  probability  weighted  discounted  cash  flow  model.    The  estimated  earn-out  was  scheduled  to  be  paid  in  early  2017, 
however, the financial targets tied to the earn-out were not achieved.  We reduced the earn-out liability to zero as of December 
31, 2016 and recognized a $3.2 million benefit in Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements 
of Operations.  This benefit was excluded from Segment EBITDA of our Broadcast Solutions segment. 

Tripwire 

We acquired 100% of the outstanding ownership interest in Tripwire, Inc. (Tripwire) on January 2, 2015 for a purchase price of 
$703.2 million. The purchase price was funded with cash on hand and $200.0 million of borrowings under our revolving credit 
agreement  (see  Note  13).  Tripwire  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  advanced  threat,  security  and  compliance  solutions. 
Tripwire’s  solutions  enable  enterprises,  service  providers,  manufacturers,  and  government  agencies  to  detect,  prevent,  and 
respond to growing security threats. Tripwire is headquartered in Portland, Oregon. The results of Tripwire have been included 
in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  January 2, 2015. Tripwire  is  reported  within  the  Network  Solutions  segment. 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  as  of  January 2, 
2015 (in thousands). 

Cash 
Receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Other non-current assets 

     Total assets 

Accounts payable 

Accrued liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Deferred income taxes 
Other non-current liabilities 

     Total liabilities 

          Net assets 

$ 

2,364  
37,792  
603  
2,453  
10,021  
462,215  
306,000  
659  
822,107  

3,142 
12,142  
8,000  
95,074  
540  
118,898  

$ 

703,209 

A  single  estimate  of  fair  value  results  from  a  complex  series  of  judgments  about  future  events  and  uncertainties  and  relies 
heavily  on  estimates  and  assumptions.  The  judgments  we  have  used  in  estimating  the  fair  values  assigned  to  each  class  of 
acquired assets and assumed liabilities could materially affect the results of our operations. 

The fair value of acquired receivables is $37.8 million, with a gross contractual amount of $38.0 million.  

For purposes of the above allocation, we based our estimate of the fair values for the acquired intangible assets, property, plant 
and equipment, and deferred revenue on a valuation study performed by a third party valuation firm. We used various valuation 
methods including discounted cash  flows to estimate  the  fair value  of the  identifiable intangible assets and deferred revenue 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
(Level 3 valuation). To determine the value of the acquired property, plant, and equipment, we used various valuation methods, 
including both the market approach, which considers sales prices of similar assets in similar conditions (Level 2 valuation), and 
the cost approach, which considers the cost to replace the asset adjusted for depreciation (Level 3 valuation). 

Goodwill and other intangible assets reflected above were determined to meet the criterion for recognition apart from tangible 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  goodwill  is  primarily  attributable  to  expected  synergies  and  the  assembled 
workforce. The expected synergies for the Tripwire acquisition primarily consist of an expanded product portfolio with network 
security solutions that can be marketed to our existing broadcast, enterprise, and industrial customers. We do not have tax basis 
in the goodwill, and therefore, the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The intangible assets related to the acquisition 
consisted of the following: 

Intangible assets subject to amortization: 

Developed technology 
Customer relationships 
Trademarks 
Backlog 

Total intangible assets subject to amortization 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization: 

Goodwill 
In-process research and development 

Total intangible assets not subject to amortization 

Total intangible assets 

Weighted average amortization period 

Estimated Fair 
Value 
(In thousands) 

Amortization 
Period 
(In years) 

$ 

$ 

210,000    
56,000    
31,000    
3,000    
300,000      

462,215      
6,000      
468,215      
768,215      

5.8 
15 
10 
1 

7.9 

The amortizable intangible assets reflected in the table above were determined by us to have finite lives. In connection with the 
segment change discussed in Note 6, we re-evaluated the useful life of the Tripwire trademark and concluded that an indefinite 
life was no longer appropriate; therefore, we began amortizing the Tripwire trademark in the  first quarter of 2017. The useful 
life  for  the  developed  technology  intangible  asset  was  based  on  the  estimated  time  that  the  technology  provides  us  with  a 
competitive advantage and thus approximates the period of consumption of the intangible asset. The useful life for the customer 
relationship intangible asset was based on our forecasts of customer turnover. The useful life for the trademarks was based on 
the period of time we expect to continue to go to market using the trademarks. The useful life of the backlog intangible asset 
was based on our estimate of when the ordered items would ship. 

In-process  research  and  development  assets  are  considered  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  until  the  completion  or 
abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. Upon completion of the development process, we will make a 
determination of the useful life of the asset and begin amortizing the assets over that period. If the project is abandoned, we will 
write-off the asset at such time. 

Our consolidated revenues and consolidated income from continuing operations before taxes for the year ended December 31, 
2015  included  $116.6  million  and  $(47.8)  million,  respectively,  from  Tripwire.  In  2015,  segment  revenues  for  our  Network 
Solutions  segment  included  $50.4  million    of  revenues  that  would  have  been  recorded  by  Tripwire  had  they  remained  an 
independent entity. Our consolidated revenues in 2015 do not include these revenues due to the purchase accounting effect of 
recording deferred revenue at fair value. The loss before taxes from Tripwire for the year ended December 31, 2015 included 
$43.2 million of amortization of intangible assets and $9.2 million of compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting 
of acquiree stock based compensation awards. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
The  following  table  illustrates  the  unaudited  pro  forma  effect  on  operating  results  as  if  the  Tripwire  acquisition  had  been 
completed as of January 1, 2014. 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2015 

Revenues 
Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 
Diluted income per share attributable to Belden common stockholders 

$ 

$ 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
(Unaudited) 

2,354,191  
92,104  
2.14  

For purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the year ended December 31, 2014 includes nonrecurring expenses from the effects 
of purchase accounting, including compensation expense from the accelerated vesting of acquiree stock compensation awards 
of $9.2 million and amortization of the sales backlog intangible asset of $3.0 million. 

The  above  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  does  not  purport  to 
represent  what  our  results  of  operations  would  have  been  had  we  completed  the  acquisition  on  the  date  assumed,  nor  is  it 
necessarily indicative of the results that  may be expected in future periods. Pro forma adjustments exclude cost savings from 
any synergies resulting from the acquisition. 

Note 4:  Assets Held for Sale 

We classify assets and liabilities as held for sale (disposal group) when management, having the authority to approve the action, 
commits  to  a  plan  to  sell  the  disposal  group,  the  sale  is  probable  within  one  year,  and  the  disposal  group  is  available  for 
immediate  sale  in  its  present  condition.  We  also  consider  whether  an  active  program  to  locate  a  buyer  has  been  initiated, 
whether the disposal  group is  marketed actively for sale  at a price  that is reasonable in  relation to its current  fair value, and 
whether actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that 
the plan will be withdrawn. When we classify a disposal group as held for sale, we test for impairment. An impairment charge 
is recognized when the carrying value of the disposal group exceeds the estimated fair value, less costs to sell. We also cease 
depreciation and amortization for assets classified as held for sale. 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we committed to a plan to sell our MCS business and Hirschmann JV and determined that 
we met all of the criteria to classify the assets and liabilities of these businesses as held for sale.  The MCS business was part of 
the  Industrial  Solutions  segment  and  the  Hirschmann  JV  was  an  equity  method  investment  that  was  not  included  in  an 
operating  segment.  The  MCS  business  operated  in  Germany  and  the  United  States,  and  the  Hirschmann  JV  was  an  equity 
method investment located in China. During 2016, we reached an agreement in principle to sell this disposal group for a total 
sales  price  of  $39  million  plus  a  working  capital  adjustment.   As  the  carrying  value  of  the  disposal  group  exceeded  the  fair 
value less costs to sell, which we determined based on the expected sales price, by $23.9 million, we recognized an impairment 
charge equal to this amount in 2016.   

Effective December 31, 2017, we sold the MCS business and Hirschmann JV for a total purchase price of $40.2 million and 
recognized a loss on sale of the assets of $1.0 million, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses. This 
loss includes $2.8 million of accumulated other comprehensive losses that were recognized as a result of the sale. Our accounts 
receivable balance as of December 31, 2017 included $40.2 million from the MCS business and Hirschmann JV sale.     

The following table provides the major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2016.  In 
addition, the disposal group had $15.7 million of accumulated other comprehensive losses at December 31, 2016. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables, net 

Inventories, net 

Other current assets 

Property, plant, and equipment, less accumulated depreciation 

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization 

Goodwill 

Other long-lived assets 

Total assets of disposal group 
Impairment of assets held for sale 

Total assets held for sale 

Accrued liabilities 

Postretirement benefits 

Total liabilities held for sale 

Note 5: Discontinued Operations 

December 31, 2016 

(In thousands) 

4,551  
2,848  
1,131  
1,946  
4,405  
5,477  
26,766  
47,124  
(23,931 ) 
23,193  

1,288 
448  
1,736  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

In 2010, we completed the sale of Trapeze Networks, Inc. (Trapeze) for $152.1 million and recognized a pre-tax gain of $88.3 
million ($44.8 million after-tax). At the time the transaction closed, a portion of the sale price was placed in escrow as partial 
security for our indemnity obligations under the sale agreement. During 2015, we agreed to a final settlement with the buyer of 
Trapeze regarding the escrow, and collected $3.5 million of the escrow receivable and recognized a $0.2 million ($0.1 million 
net of tax) loss from disposal of discontinued operations. Additionally, we recognized a $0.2 million net loss from discontinued 
operations for income tax expense related to this disposed business in 2015.  

Note 6: Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

We are organized around four global business platforms: Broadcast Solutions, Enterprise Solutions, Industrial Solutions, and 
Network  Solutions.  To  leverage  the  Company’s  strengths  in  networking,  IoT,  and  cybersecurity  technologies,  the  Network 
Solutions  platform  was  formed  in  January  2017  with  the  combination  of  the  former  Industrial  IT  and  Network  Security 
platforms.    The  former  Network  Security  platform  was  formed  with  our  acquisition  of  Tripwire  in  January  2015.    The 
formation  of  the  Network  Solutions  platform  is  a  natural  evolution  in  our  organic  and  inorganic  strategies  for  a  range  of 
industrial  and  non-industrial  applications.      In  addition,  to  capitalize  on  the  adoption  of  IP  technology  and  accelerate  our 
penetration of the commercial audio-video market, we transferred responsibility of audio-video cable and connectors from our 
Broadcast Solutions platform to our Enterprise Solutions platform effective January 1, 2016. We have revised the prior period 
segment information to conform to the changes in the composition of these reportable segments. These changes had no impact 
to our reporting units for purposes of goodwill impairment testing. 

We have determined that each of the global business platforms represents a reportable segment. 

The segments design, manufacture, and market a portfolio of signal transmission solutions for mission critical applications used 
in a variety of end markets, including broadcast, enterprise, and industrial. We sell the products manufactured by our segments 
principally  through  distributors  or  directly  to  systems  integrators,  original  equipment  manufacturers  (OEMs),  end-users,  and 
installers. 

The  key  measures  of  segment  profit  or  loss  reviewed  by  our  chief  operating  decision  maker  are  Segment  Revenues  and 
Segment EBITDA. Segment Revenues represent non-affiliate revenues and include revenues that would have otherwise been 
recorded by acquired businesses as independent entities but were not recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations 
due to the effects of purchase accounting and the associated write-down of acquired deferred revenue  to fair value. Segment 
EBITDA  excludes  certain  items,  including  depreciation  expense;  amortization  of  intangibles;  asset  impairment;  severance, 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restructuring, and acquisition  integration costs; purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions, such as the adjustment of 
acquired  inventory  and  deferred  revenue  to  fair  value;  and  other  costs.  We  allocate  corporate  expenses  to  the  segments  for 
purposes of measuring Segment EBITDA. Corporate expenses are allocated on the basis of each segment’s relative EBITDA 
prior to the allocation. 

Our measure of segment assets does not include cash, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred tax assets, or corporate assets. All 
goodwill is allocated to reporting units of our segments for purposes of impairment testing. 

The results of our former equity method investment in the Hirschmann JV,  which we sold effective December 31, 2017 (see 
Note 4), were not included in the corporate expense allocation. 

Operating Segment Information 

Broadcast Solutions 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 
Deferred gross profit adjustments 
Patent settlement 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

Enterprise Solutions 

Segment revenues 

Affiliate revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

Depreciation expense 

Amortization of intangibles 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Segment assets 

$ 

$ 

69 

2017 

Years ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands) 

725,139     $ 
440    
112,849    
15,763    
49,325    
56    
5,532    
6,133    
—    
—    
21,314    
405,842    

769,753     $ 
744    
137,870    
16,229    
47,248    
—    
10,414    
(2,991 )  
1,774    
(5,554 )  
15,713    
325,396    

2015 

739,970  
916  
113,638  
16,295  
49,812  
—  
39,078  
132  
2,446  
—  
27,365  
346,095  

Years ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

(In thousands) 

631,166     $ 
7,385    
103,650    
10,509    
1,729    
23,511    
—    
28,126    
282,072    

603,188     $ 
5,977    
101,298    
13,226    
1,718    
11,962    
912    
22,679    
246,564    

605,910  
5,322  
100,214  
12,591  
1,720  
723  
52  
10,323  
238,400  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 

$ 

$ 

Industrial Solutions 

Segment revenues 

Affiliate revenues 

Segment EBITDA 

Depreciation expense 

Amortization of intangibles 

Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 

Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Segment assets 

Network Solutions 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 
Deferred gross profit adjustments 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

Total Segments 

Segment revenues 
Affiliate revenues 
Segment EBITDA 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of software development intangible assets 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs 
Purchase accounting effects of acquisitions 
Deferred gross profit adjustments 
Patent settlement 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Segment assets 

Years ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

(In thousands) 

628,458     $ 
1,441    
119,642    
12,968    
2,571    
12,272    
—    
8,151    
300,172    

585,476     $ 
1,325    
101,248    
11,038    
2,394    
9,923    
—    
10,486    
226,306    

Years ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 
(In thousands) 

403,880     $ 

399,388     $ 

96    
93,893    
6,357    
50,372    
1,475    
—    
—    
5,168    
158,309    

79    
92,773    
6,715    
47,025    
6,471    
—    
4,913    
4,704    
115,732    

Years ended December 31, 

603,350  
1,613  
99,941  
11,235  
3,154  
6,228  
334  
8,836  
231,265  

2015 

411,353  
78  
87,873  
6,430  
49,105  
1,141  
9,229  
50,430  
7,048  
118,520  

2017 

2016 
(In thousands) 

2,388,643     $ 
9,362    
430,034    
45,597    
103,997    
56    
42,790    
6,133    
—    
—    
62,759    
1,146,395    

2,357,805     $ 
8,125    
433,189    
47,208    
98,385    
—    
38,770    
(2,079 )  
6,687    
(5,554 )  
53,582    
913,998    

2015 

2,360,583  
7,929  
401,666  
46,551  
103,791  
—  
47,170  
9,747  
52,876  
—  
53,572  
934,280  

The following table is a reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments’ Revenues and EBITDA to consolidated revenues 
and consolidated income from continuing operations before taxes, respectively. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Segment Revenues 

Deferred revenue adjustments (1) 
Patent settlement (2) 

Consolidated Revenues 

Total Segment EBITDA 

Amortization of intangibles 
Depreciation expense 
Severance, restructuring, and acquisition integration costs (3) 
Purchase accounting effects related to acquisitions (4) 

       Loss on sale of assets (5) 
       Amortization of software development intangible assets 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Impairment of assets held for sale (5) 
Deferred gross profit adjustments (1) 
Patent settlement (2) 
Income from equity method investment 
Eliminations 

Consolidated operating income 
Interest expense, net 
Loss on debt extinguishment 

Consolidated income from continuing operations before taxes 

$ 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands) 

2015 

2,388,643     $ 

—    
—    

2,388,643     $ 

2,357,805     $ 
(6,687 )  
5,554    
2,356,672     $ 

2,360,583  
(51,361 ) 
—  
2,309,222  

430,034 

  $ 

433,189 

  $ 

401,666 

(103,997 )  
(45,597 )  
(42,790 )  
(6,133 )  
(1,013 )  
(56 )  
—    
—    
—    
7,502    
(3,260 )  
234,690    
(82,901 )  
(52,441 )  
99,348     $ 

(98,385 )  
(47,208 )  
(38,770 )  
2,079    
—    
—    
(23,931 )  
(6,687 )  
5,554    
1,793    
(3,781 )  
223,853    
(95,050 )  
(2,342 )  
126,461     $ 

(103,791 ) 
(46,551 ) 
(47,170 ) 
(9,747 ) 
—  
—  
—  
(52,876 ) 
—  
1,770  
(2,748 ) 
140,553  
(100,613 ) 
—  
39,940  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Our segment results include revenues that would have been recorded by acquired businesses had they remained as independent 
entities.  Our consolidated results do not include these revenues due to the purchase accounting effect of recording deferred 
revenue at fair value. See Note 3, Acquisitions, for details. 

Both  our  consolidated  revenues  and  gross  profit  were  positively  impacted  by  royalty  revenues  received  during  2016  that 
related to years prior to 2016 as a result of a patent settlement. 

See Note 13, Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities, for details. 

In  2017,  we  recognized  $6.1  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the  adjustment  of  acquired  inventory  to  fair  value  for  our 
Thinklogical  acquisition.  In  2016,  we  made  a  $3.2  million  adjustment  to  reduce  the  earn-out  liability  associated  with  the 
M2FX  acquisition.    This  adjustment  was  partially  offset  by  $0.8  million  and  $0.2  million  of  cost  of  sales  related  to  the 
adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value related to our Enterprise Solutions segment and M2FX acquisition, respectively. 
In  2015,  we  recognized  $9.2  million  of  compensation  expense  related  to  the  accelerated  vesting  of  acquiree  stock  based 
compensation  awards  associated  with  our  acquisition  of  Tripwire.  In  addition,  we  recognized  $0.3  million  of  cost  of  sales 
related to the adjustment of acquired inventory to fair value related to our acquisition of Coast.  

(5) 

In 2017 and 2016, we recognized a $1.0 million loss on sale of assets and $23.9 million impairment of assets held for sale, 
respectively, for the sale of our MCS business and Hirschmann JV. See Note 4, Assets Held for Sale, for details. 

Below are reconciliations of other segment measures to the consolidated totals. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total segment assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Income tax receivable 
Corporate assets 

Total assets 

Total segment acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Corporate acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Total acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Geographic Information 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands) 

2015 

1,146,395     $ 
561,108    
1,478,257    
545,207    
42,549    
—    
67,097    
3,840,613     $ 

913,998     $ 
848,116    
1,385,995    
560,082    
33,706    
—    
64,906    
3,806,803     $ 

934,280  
216,751  
1,385,115  
655,871  
34,295  
3,787  
60,503  
3,290,602  

  $ 

62,759 
1,502    
64,261     $ 

  $ 

53,582 
392    
53,974     $ 

53,572 
1,397  
54,969  

The  Company  attributes  foreign  sales  based  on  the  location  of  the  customer  purchasing  the  product.  The  table  below 
summarizes net sales and long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 for the following countries: 
the U.S., Canada, China, and Germany. No other individual foreign country’s net sales or long-lived assets are material to the 
Company. 

United      S
tates 

  Canada 

  China 

  Germany 

  All Other 

Total 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

Year ended December 31, 2017 

Revenues 

$  1,265,455  

  $  167,605  

  $  121,600  

  $  113,990  

  $  719,993  

  $  2,388,643  

Percent of total revenues 

53 %  

7 %  

5 %  

5 %  

30 %  

100 % 

Long-lived assets 

$  231,938  

  $ 

33,806  

  $ 

34,774  

  $ 

38,029  

  $ 

63,982  

  $  402,529  

Year ended December 31, 2016 

Revenues 

$  1,283,925  

  $  159,985  

  $  114,605  

  $  104,214  

  $  693,943  

  $  2,356,672  

Percent of total revenues 

55 %  

7 %  

5 %  

4 %  

29 %  

100 % 

Long-lived assets 

$  193,263  

  $ 

31,278  

  $ 

30,487  

  $ 

32,386  

  $ 

60,654  

  $  348,068  

Year ended December 31, 2015 

Revenues 

$  1,270,467  

  $  170,522  

  $  114,863  

  $  103,106  

  $  650,264  

  $  2,309,222  

Percent of total revenues 

55 %  

7 %  

5 %  

4 %  

29 %  

100 % 

Long-lived assets 

$  188,032  

  $ 

27,315  

  $ 

62,794  

  $ 

35,588  

  $ 

64,434  

  $  378,163  

Major Customer 

Revenues generated from sales to the distributor Anixter International Inc., primarily in the Enterprise Solutions and Industrial 
Solutions segments,  were $292.2 million (12% of revenues), $286.2 million (12% of revenues), and $281.9 million (12% of 
revenues)  for  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  respectively.  At  December 31,  2017,  we  had  $38.2  million  in  accounts  receivable 
outstanding from Anixter International Inc. This represented approximately 8% of our total accounts receivable outstanding at 
December 31, 2017. 

Note 7: Noncontrolling Interest 

In 2015, we entered into a joint venture agreement with Shanghai Hi-Tech Control System Co, Ltd (Hite). The purpose of the 
joint  venture  is  to  develop  and  provide  certain  Network  Solutions  products  and  integrated  solutions  to  customers  in  China. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Belden and Hite contributed $1.53 million and $1.47 million, respectively, to the joint venture in 2015, reflecting ownership 
percentages  of  51%  and  49%,  respectively.  Belden  and  Hite  are  committed  to  fund  an  additional  $1.53  million  and  $1.47 
million to the  joint venture in the  future. The joint venture is determined to not have  sufficient equity at risk; therefore, it is 
considered a variable interest entity. We have determined that Belden is the primary beneficiary of the joint venture, due to both 
our ownership percentage and our control over the activities of the joint venture that  most significantly impact its economic 
performance based on the terms of the joint venture agreement with Hite. Because Belden is the primary beneficiary of the joint 
venture, we have consolidated the joint venture in our financial statements. The results of the joint venture attributable to Hite’s 
ownership are presented as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest in the consolidated statements of operations. The joint 
venture is not material to our consolidated financial statements as of or for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. 

Note 8: Income Per Share 

The following table presents the basis of the income per share computation: 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
(In thousands) 

2015 

Numerator: 

Income from continuing operations 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

       Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

$ 

92,853     $ 
(357 )  
34,931    

127,646     $ 
(357 )  
15,428    

66,508  
(24 ) 
—  

Income from continuing operations attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, attributable to Belden 
common stockholders 
Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax, attributable 
to Belden common stockholders 

Net income attributable to Belden common stockholders 

$ 

Denominator: 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic 

Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents 

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted 

58,279 

112,575 

66,532 

— 

— 

(242 ) 

— 
58,279     $ 

— 
112,575     $ 

(86 ) 
66,204  

42,220    
423    
42,643    

42,093    
464    
42,557    

42,390  
563  
42,953  

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  diluted  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  do  not  include 
outstanding  equity  awards  of  0.5  million,  0.6  million,  and  0.4  million,  respectively,  because  to  do  so  would  have  been  anti-
dilutive.  In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, diluted weighted average shares outstanding do 
not include outstanding equity awards of 0.2 million, 0.1 million, and 0.0 million, respectively, because the related performance 
conditions have not been satisfied.  Furthermore, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, diluted weighted average 
shares outstanding do not include the weighted average impact of preferred shares that are convertible into 6.9 million and 3.0 
million common shares, respectively, because deducting the preferred stock dividends from net income was more dilutive.  

For purposes of calculating basic earnings per share, unvested restricted stock units are not included in the calculation of basic 
weighted average shares outstanding until all necessary conditions have been satisfied and issuance of the shares underlying the 
restricted stock units is no longer contingent. Necessary conditions are not satisfied until the vesting date, at which time holders 
of our restricted stock units receive shares of our common stock. 

For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, unvested restricted stock units are included to the extent that they are 
dilutive. In determining whether unvested restricted stock units are dilutive, each issuance of restricted stock units is considered 
separately. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Once  a  restricted  stock  unit  has  vested,  it  is  included  in  the  calculation  of  both  basic  and  diluted  weighted  average  shares 
outstanding. 

Note 9: Inventories 

The major classes of inventories were as follows: 

Raw materials 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 

Gross inventories 
Excess and obsolete reserves 

Net inventories 

Note 10: Property, Plant and Equipment 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment were as follows: 

Land and land improvements 
Buildings and leasehold improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Computer equipment and software 
Construction in process 

Gross property, plant and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Net property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation Expense 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

133,311     $ 
35,807    
153,377    
322,495    
(25,269 )  
297,226     $ 

90,019  
25,166  
99,784  
214,969  
(24,561 ) 
190,408  

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 
31,963     $ 
148,598    
543,594    
136,509    
46,898    
907,562    
(570,240 )  
337,322     $ 

28,462  
136,230  
499,400  
123,909  
35,191  
823,192  
(513,901 ) 
309,291  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

We recognized depreciation expense in income from continuing operations of $45.6 million, $47.2 million, and $46.6 million in 
2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11: Intangible Assets 

The carrying values of intangible assets were as follows: 

Goodwill 

Definite-lived intangible assets subject to 
amortization: 

Developed technology 

Customer relationships 

Trademarks 

In-service research and development 

Backlog 

Total intangible assets subject to 
amortization 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject 
to amortization: 

Trademarks 

In-process research and development 

Total intangible assets not subject 
to amortization 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(In thousands) 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

(In thousands) 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

$  1,478,257    $ 

—    $  1,478,257    $  1,385,995    $ 

—    $  1,385,995  

$ 

498,649    $ 
320,550   
56,794   
23,428   
14,535   

(318,366 )   $ 

(98,175 )  

(18,648 )  

(13,483 )  

(14,535 )  

180,283    $ 
222,375   
38,146   
9,945   
—   

420,928    $ 
309,112   
20,534   
22,977   
12,638   

(239,233 )   $ 

(77,872 )  

(10,915 )  

(9,121 )  

(12,638 )  

181,695  
231,240  
9,619  
13,856  
—  

913,956 

(463,207 )  

450,749 

786,189 

(349,779 )  

436,410 

92,758   
1,700   

94,458 

—   
—   

— 

92,758   
1,700   

121,972   
1,700   

94,458 
545,207    $ 

123,672 
909,861    $ 

—   
—   

— 

(349,779 )   $ 

121,972  
1,700  

123,672 
560,082  

Intangible assets 

$  1,008,414    $ 

(463,207 )   $ 

Segment Allocation of Goodwill and Trademarks 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to reporting units in our reportable segments are as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2015 

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments 

Translation impact 

Reclassify to assets held for sale 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments 

Translation impact 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Broadcast 
Solutions 

Enterprise 
Solutions 

Industrial 
Solutions 

Network 
Solutions 

  Consolidated 

$ 

$ 

$ 

536,388    $ 
8,492   
(838 )  
—   
544,042    $ 
71,394   
13,557   
628,993    $ 

(In thousands) 

73,278    $ 
—   
—   
—   
73,278    $ 
—   
—   
73,278    $ 

196,719    $ 
—   
80   
(5,477 )  
191,322    $ 
—   
2,790   
194,112    $ 

578,730    $ 
—   
(1,377 )  
—   
577,353    $ 
—   
4,521   
581,874    $ 

1,385,115  
8,492  

(2,135 ) 

(5,477 ) 
1,385,995  
71,394  
20,868  
1,478,257  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The changes in the carrying amount of indefinite-lived trademarks are as follows: 

Broadcast 
Solutions 

Enterprise 
Solutions 

Industrial 
Solutions 

Network 
Solutions 

  Consolidated 

$ 

$ 

$ 

80,922    $ 
(4,635 )  
—   
76,287    $ 
2,727   
—   
79,014    $ 

(In thousands) 

4,063    $ 
—   
—   
4,063    $ 
—   
—   
4,063    $ 

9,090    $ 
40   
(2,905 )  
6,225    $ 
602   
(2,201 )  
4,626    $ 

35,596    $ 
(199 )  
—   
35,397    $ 
658   
(31,000 )  

5,055    $ 

129,671  

(4,794 ) 

(2,905 ) 
121,972  
3,987  
(33,201 ) 
92,758  

Balance at December 31, 2015 

Translation impact 

Reclassify to assets held for sale 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Translation impact 

Reclassify to definite-lived 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Impairment 

The  annual  measurement date  for our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test is our fiscal  November 
month-end. For our 2017 goodwill impairment test, we performed a quantitative assessment for five of our reporting units and 
determined the estimated fair values of our reporting units by calculating the present values of their estimated future cash flows 
using Level 3 inputs. We determined that the fair values of the reporting units were in excess of the carrying values; therefore, 
we  did  not  record  any  goodwill  impairment  for  the  five  reporting  units.  We  performed  a  qualitative  assessment  for  the 
remaining seven of our reporting units, and we determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value was greater than 
the  carrying  value.  Therefore,  we  did  not  record  any  goodwill  impairment  for  the  seven  reporting  units.  We  also  did  not 
recognize any goodwill impairment in 2016 or 2015 based on the results of our annual goodwill impairment testing. 

Similar to the quantitative goodwill impairment test, we determined the estimated fair values of our indefinite-lived trademarks 
by calculating the present values of the estimated cash flows (using Level 3 inputs) attributable to the respective trademarks. 
We did not recognize any trademark impairment charges in 2017, 2016, or 2015. 

Amortization Expense 

We  recognized  amortization  expense  in  income  from  continuing  operations  of  $104.0  million,  $98.4  million,  and  $103.8 
million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. We expect to recognize annual amortization expense of $88.2 million in 2018, 
$78.1 million in 2019, $61.7 million in 2020, $29.7 million in 2021, and $27.0 million in 2022 related to our intangible assets 
balance as of December 31, 2017. 

The  weighted-average  amortization  period  for  our  customer  relationships,  trademarks,  developed  technology,  and  in-service 
research and development is 18.5 years, 8.0 years, 6.5 years, and 4.7 years, respectively. 

In  connection  with  the  segment  change  discussed  in  Note  6,  we  re-evaluated  the  useful  life  of  the  Tripwire  trademark  and 
concluded that an indefinite life is no longer appropriate.  We have estimated a useful life of 10 years and will re-evaluate this 
estimate if and when our expected use of the Tripwire trademark changes.  We began amortizing the Tripwire trademark in the 
first  quarter  of  2017,  which  resulted  in  amortization  expense  of  $3.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  As  of 
December 31, 2017, the net book value of the Tripwire trademark was $27.9 million. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12: Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 

The carrying values of accounts payable and accrued liabilities were as follows: 

Accounts payable 

Current deferred revenue 

Wages, severance and related taxes 

Accrued rebates 

Employee benefits 

Accrued interest 

Other (individual items less than 5% of total current liabilities) 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

376,277     $ 
90,639    
57,633    
38,025    
25,406    
22,019    
68,929    
678,928     $ 

258,203  
80,503  
76,157  
33,071  
24,395  
27,202  
69,012  
568,543  

$ 

$ 

The majority of our accounts payable balance is due to trade creditors. Our accounts payable balance as of December 31, 2017 
and 2016 included $21.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, of amounts due to banks under a commercial acceptance draft 
program. All accounts payable outstanding under the commercial acceptance draft program are expected to be settled  within 
one year. 

Note 13: Severance, Restructuring, and Acquisition Integration Activities 

Industrial Manufacturing Footprint Program:  2016-2017 

In the first quarter of 2016, we began a program to  consolidate our manufacturing footprint. The manufacturing consolidation 
is expected to be completed in 2018. We recognized $30.6 million and $17.8 million of severance and other restructuring costs 
for  this  program  during  2017  and  2016,  respectively. The  costs  were  incurred  by  the  Enterprise  Solutions  and  Industrial 
Solutions segments, as the manufacturing locations involved in the program serve both platforms. To date, we have incurred a 
total of $48.4 million in severance and other restructuring costs, including manufacturing inefficiencies for this program. We 
expect  to  incur  approximately  $6  million  of  additional  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs  for  this  program  in  2018. We 
expect that the program will generate approximately $13 million of savings on an annualized basis, which we began to realize 
in the third quarter of 2017. 

Industrial and Network Solutions Restructuring Program:  2015-2016 

Both our Industrial Solutions and Network Solutions segments were negatively impacted by a decline in sales volume in 2015. 
At such time, global demand for industrial products was negatively impacted by the strengthened U.S. dollar and lower energy 
prices. As a result, our customers reduced their capital spending. In response to these industrial market conditions, we began to 
execute a restructuring program in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2015 to reduce our cost structure. We recognized approximately 
$9.7 million and $3.3 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during 2016 and 2015, respectively.  
Most of these costs were incurred by our Network Solutions segment. We did not incur any severance and other restructuring 
costs for this program in 2017. We incurred a total of $13 million in severance and other restructuring costs for this program. 
We expected the restructuring program to generate approximately $18 million of savings on an annualized basis, and we are 
substantially realizing such benefits. 

Grass Valley Restructuring Program:  2015-2016 

Our Broadcast Solutions  segment’s  Grass Valley brand  was negatively impacted by a  decline in global demand of  broadcast 
technology  infrastructure  products  beginning  in  2015. Outside  of  the  U.S.,  demand  for  these  products  was  impacted  by  the 
relative  price  increase  of  products  due  to  the  strengthened  U.S.  dollar  as  well  as  the  impact  of  weaker  economic  conditions 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which have resulted in lower  capital spending. Within the  U.S., demand for these products  was impacted by deferred capital 
spending. We believe broadcast customers have deferred their capital spending as they navigate through a number of important 
industry transitions and a changing media landscape. In response to these broadcast market conditions, we began to execute a 
restructuring program beginning in the third fiscal quarter of 2015 to reduce our cost structure. We recognized approximately 
$8.7 million and $25.4 million of severance and other restructuring costs for this program during  2016 and 2015, respectively.  
We did not incur any severance and other restructuring costs for this program in 2017.  We incurred a total of $34.1 million  in 
severance and other restructuring costs for this program. We expected the restructuring program to generate approximately $30 
million of savings on an annualized basis, and we are substantially realizing such benefits. 

Productivity Improvement Program and Acquisition Integration: 2014-2016 

In 2014, we began a productivity improvement program and the integration of our acquisition of Grass Valley. The productivity 
improvement program focused on improving the productivity of our sales, marketing, finance, and human resources functions 
relative  to our peers. The majority of the  costs for the productivity  improvement program related to the  Industrial Solutions, 
Enterprise Solutions, and Network Solutions segments. The restructuring and integration activities related to our acquisition of 
Grass Valley  focused  on  achieving  desired  cost  savings  by  consolidating  existing  and  acquired  operating  facilities  and  other 
support functions. The Grass Valley costs related to our Broadcast Solutions segment. In 2015, we recorded $18.5 million of 
such  costs  related  to  these  two  programs,  as  well  as  other  cost  reduction  actions  and  the  integration  of  our  acquisitions  of 
ProSoft, Coast, and Tripwire. In 2016, we recognized $2.6 million of costs, primarily related to our 2016 acquisition of M2FX. 
We  did  not  incur  any  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs  for  this  program  in  2017.  We  expected  the  productivity 
improvement  program  to  reduce  our  operating  expenses  by  approximately  $18  million  on  an  annualized  basis,  and  we  are 
substantially realizing such benefits.  

The following tables summarize the costs by segment of the various programs described above as well as other immaterial 
programs and acquisition integration activities: 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Broadcast Solutions 

Enterprise Solutions 

Industrial Solutions 

Network Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Broadcast Solutions 

Enterprise Solutions 

Industrial Solutions 

Network Solutions 

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Broadcast Solutions 

Enterprise Solutions 

Industrial Solutions 

Network Solutions 

Total 

Severance 

Other 
Restructuring 
and Integration 
Costs 
(In thousands) 

  Total Costs 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

893    $ 

3,642   
886   
(210 )  
5,211    $ 

(116 )   $ 
636   
2,828   
3,734   
7,082    $ 

16,694    $ 
(186 )  
3,309   
(716 )  
19,101    $ 

4,639    $ 
19,869   
11,386   
1,685   
37,579    $ 

10,530    $ 
11,326   
7,095   
2,737   
31,688    $ 

22,384    $ 
909   
2,919   
1,857   
28,069    $ 

5,532  
23,511  
12,272  
1,475  
42,790  

10,414  
11,962  
9,923  
6,471  
38,770  

39,078  
723  
6,228  
1,141  
47,170  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
The other restructuring and integration costs in 2017 and 2016 primarily consisted of equipment transfers, costs to consolidate 
operating  and  support  facilities,  retention  bonuses,  relocation,  travel,  legal,  and  other  costs.    The  other  restructuring  and 
integration  costs  in  2016  also  included  non-cash  pension  settlement  charges  due  in  part  to  our  restructuring  activities.    The 
other restructuring and integration costs in 2015 primarily consisted of costs of integrating manufacturing operations, such  as 
relocating inventory on a global basis, retention bonuses, relocation, travel, reserves for inventory obsolescence as a result of 
product  line  integration,  costs  to  consolidate  operating  and  support  facilities,  and  other  costs.  The  majority  of  the  other 
restructuring and integration costs related to these actions were paid as incurred or are payable within the next 60 days.  

Of  the  total  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  recognized  during  2017,  $32.6  million,  $10.0 million, 
and $0.2 million  were included in cost of sales; selling, general and administrative expenses; and research and development, 
respectively.  Of  the  total  severance,  restructuring,  and  acquisition  integration  costs  recognized  during  2016,  $12.3  million, 
$25.7 million, and $0.8 million were included in cost of sales; selling, general and administrative expenses; and research and 
development,  respectively.  Of  the  total  severance  and  other  restructuring  costs  recognized  during  2015,  $9.4  million,  $31.7 
million,  and  $6.1  million  were  included  in  cost  of  sales;  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses;  and  research  and 
development, respectively. 

There were no significant severance accruals balances as of December 31, 2017 or 2016. 

Note 14: Long-Term Debt and Other Borrowing Arrangements 

The carrying values of our long-term debt and other borrowing arrangements were as follows: 

Revolving credit agreement due 2022 
Senior subordinated notes: 

3.375% Senior subordinated notes due 2027 
4.125% Senior subordinated notes due 2026 
2.875% Senior subordinated notes due 2025 
5.25%   Senior subordinated notes due 2024 
5.50%   Senior subordinated notes due 2023 
5.50%   Senior subordinated notes due 2022 
9.25%   Senior subordinated notes due 2019 

Total senior subordinated notes 

Less unamortized debt issuance costs 

Long-term debt 

Revolving Credit Agreement due 2022 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

$ 

(In thousands) 
—     $ 

—  

540,810    
240,360    
360,540    
200,000    
242,522    
—    
—    
1,584,232    
(23,484 )  
1,560,748     $ 

—  
209,081  
—  
200,000  
529,146  
700,000  
5,221  
1,643,448  
(23,287 ) 
1,620,161  

$ 

On May 16, 2017, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the Revolver) to amend and restate our prior 
Revolving Credit Agreement. The Revolver provides a $400.0 million multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. The 
borrowing  base  under  the  Revolver  includes  eligible  accounts  receivable;  inventory;  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  of 
certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada, Germany, and the Netherlands. The maturity date of the Revolver is May 16, 
2022. Interest on outstanding borrowings is variable, based upon LIBOR or other similar indices in foreign jurisdictions, plus a 
spread  that  ranges  from  1.25%-1.75%,  depending  upon  our  leverage  position.  We  pay  a  commitment  fee  on  our  available 
borrowing capacity of 0.25%. In the event we borrow more than 90% of our borrowing base, we are subject to a fixed charge 
coverage  ratio  covenant.  In  2017,  we  recognized  a  $0.8  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  for  unamortized  debt  issuance 
costs related to creditors no longer participating in the new Revolver. In connection with executing the Revolver, we also paid 
$2.3  million  of  fees  to  creditors  and  third  parties  that  we  will  amortize  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  Revolver.  As  of 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
December 31,  2017,  we  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  on  the  Revolver,  and  our  available  borrowing  capacity  was  $348.6 
million.  

Senior Subordinated Notes 

In July 2017, we completed an offering for €450.0 million ($509.5 million at issuance) aggregate principal amount of 3.375% 
senior subordinated notes due 2027 (the 2027 Notes). The carrying value of the 2027 Notes as of December 31, 2017 is $540.8 
million. The  2027  Notes  are guaranteed  on  a  senior  subordinated  basis  by  our  current  and  future  domestic  subsidiaries. The 
2027 Notes rank equal in right of payment with our senior subordinated notes due 2026, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and with any 
future subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, 
including  our  Revolver.  Interest  is  payable  semiannually  on  January  15  and  July  15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  January  15, 
2018. We paid approximately $8.8 million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2027 Notes, which will be amortized over 
the life of the 2027 Notes using the effective interest method. We used the net proceeds from this offering and cash on hand to 
repurchase all of the $700.0 million 2022 Notes outstanding for cash consideration of $722.7 million. In 2017, we recognized a 
$29.8 million loss on debt extinguishment including the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. 

In  October  2016,  we  completed  an  offering  for  €200.0  million  ($222.2  million  at  issuance)  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
4.125% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (the 2026 Notes).  The carrying value of the 2026 Notes as of December 31, 2017 
is  $240.4  million.  The  2026  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  a  senior  subordinated  basis  by  our  current  and  future  domestic 
subsidiaries. The notes rank equal in right of payment with our senior subordinated notes due 2027, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and 
with  any  future  subordinated  debt,  and  they  are  subordinated  to  all  of  our  senior  debt  and  the  senior  debt  of  our  subsidiary 
guarantors,  including  our  Revolver. Interest  is  payable  semiannually  on April 15  and  October 15  of  each  year,  beginning  on 
April 15, 2017.  We paid approximately $3.9 million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2026 Notes, which are being 
amortized over the life of the 2026 Notes using the effective interest method.  

In September 2017, we completed an offering  for €300.0 million ($357.2 million at issuance) aggregate  principal amount of 
2.875% senior subordinated notes due 2025 (the 2025 Notes). The carrying value of the 2025 Notes as of December 31, 2017 is 
$360.5 million. The 2025 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by our current and future domestic subsidiaries. 
The 2025 Notes rank equal in right of payment with our senior subordinated notes due 2027, 2026, 2024, and 2023 and with 
any  future  subordinated  debt,  and  they  are  subordinated  to  all  of  our  senior  debt  and  the  senior  debt  of  our  subsidiary 
guarantors, including our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on 
March  15,  2018. We paid  approximately  $6.2  million  of  fees  associated  with  the  issuance  of  the  2025  Notes,  which  will  be 
amortized over the life of the 2025 Notes using the effective interest method. We used the net proceeds from this offering to 
repurchase €300.0 million of the €500.0 million 2023 Notes outstanding at such time. See further discussion below. 

We have outstanding $200 million aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior subordinated notes due 2024 (the 2024 Notes). 
The 2024 Notes rank equal in right of payment with our senior subordinated notes due 2027, 2026, 2025, and 2023 and with 
any  future  subordinated  debt,  and  they  are  subordinated  to  all  of  our  senior  debt  and  the  senior  debt  of  our  subsidiary 
guarantors,  including  our  Revolver.  Interest  is  payable  on  January 15  and  July 15  of  each  year. We  paid  approximately  $4.2 
million of fees associated with the issuance of the 2024 Notes, which are being amortized over the life of the 2024 Notes using 
the effective interest method. We used the net proceeds from the transaction for general corporate purposes. 

We had outstanding €500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.5% senior subordinated notes due 2023 (the 2023 Notes). 
In  September  2017,  we  repurchased  €300.0  million  of  the  €500.0  million  2023  Notes  outstanding  for  cash  consideration  of 
$377.9  million  and  recognized  a  $21.8  million  loss  on  debt  extinguishment  including  the  write-off  of  unamortized  debt 
issuance  costs.  The  carrying  value  of  the  2023  Notes  as  of  December 31,  2017  is  $242.5  million.  The  2023  Notes  are 
guaranteed  on  a  senior  subordinated  basis  by  certain  of  our  subsidiaries. The  notes  rank  equal  in  right  of  payment  with  our 
senior subordinated notes due 2027, 2026, 2025, and 2024 and with any future subordinated debt, and they are subordinated to 
all of our senior debt and the senior debt of our subsidiary guarantors, including our Revolver. Interest is payable semiannually 
on April 15 and October 15 of each year. 

80 

 
We had outstanding $5.2 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2019 (the 2019 Notes). 
On June 15, 2017, we repaid all of the 2019 Notes outstanding, plus accrued interest, and recognized an immaterial loss on debt 
extinguishment related to unamortized debt issuance costs. 

The  senior subordinated notes due  2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 are redeemable currently, after April 15, 2018, July 15, 
2019,  September 15,  2020,  October  15,  2021  and  July  15,  2022,  respectively,  at  the  following  redemption  prices  as  a 
percentage of the face amount of the notes: 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Year 

  Percentage   

Year 

  Percentage   

Year 

  Percentage   

Year 

  Percentage   

Year 

  Percentage 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2021 and 
thereafter 

102.750 %   2019 
101.833 %   2020 

100.917 %   2021 

100.000 %  

2022 and 
thereafter 

102.625 %   2020 
101.750 %   2021 

100.875 %  

2022 and 
thereafter 

100.000 %    

101.438 %   2021 
100.719 %   2022 

102.063 %   2022 
101.375 %   2023 

100.000 %   2023 

100.688 %   2024 

2024 and 
thereafter 

100.000 %  

2025 and 
thereafter 

101.688 % 

101.125 % 

100.563 % 

100.000 % 

Fair Value of Long-Term Debt 

The fair value of our senior subordinated notes as of December 31, 2017 was approximately $1,619.3 million based on quoted 
prices  of  the  debt  instruments  in  inactive  markets  (Level  2  valuation).  This  amount  represents  the  fair  values  of  our  senior 
subordinated notes with a carrying value of $1,584.2 million as of December 31, 2017.  

Maturities 

Maturities on outstanding long-term debt and other borrowings during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2017 
are as follows (in thousands): 

2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
1,584,232  
1,584,232  

Note 15:  Net Investment Hedge 

All of our euro denominated notes were issued by Belden Inc., a USD functional currency ledger. As of December 31, 2017, all 
of our outstanding foreign denominated debt is designated as a net investment hedge on the foreign currency risk of our net 
investment in our euro foreign operations. The objective of the hedge is to protect the net investment in the foreign operation 
against  adverse  changes  in  exchange  rates.  The  transaction  gain  or  loss  is  reported  in  the  cumulative  translation  adjustment 
section  of  other  comprehensive  income. The  amount  of  the  cumulative  translation  adjustment  associated  with  these  notes  at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 was a loss of $56.2 million and a gain of $13.0 million, respectively.  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16: Income Taxes 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes: 

United States operations 
Foreign operations 

Income from continuing operations before taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit): 

Currently payable 

United States federal 
United States state and local 
Foreign 

Deferred 

United States federal 
United States state and local 
Foreign 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Years ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

  (In thousands)     

2,177     $ 
97,171    
99,348     $ 

(25,615 )   $ 
152,076    
126,461     $ 

(6,924 ) 
46,864  
39,940  

—     $ 

2,392    
28,201    
30,593    

2,981     $ 
(1,038 )  
26,906    
28,849    

(11,028 )  
(8,758 )  
(4,312 )  

(24,098 )  

(27,677 )  
(3,139 )  
782    
(30,034 )  

$ 

6,495     $ 

(1,185 )   $ 

—  
1,789  
17,317  
19,106  

(23,709 ) 
(2,257 ) 
(19,708 ) 

(45,674 ) 
(26,568 ) 

In  addition  to  the  above  income  tax  expense  (benefit)  associated  with  continuing  operations,  we  also  recorded  income  tax 
expense (benefit) associated with discontinued operations $0.2 million in 2015. 

Effective income tax rate reconciliation from continuing operations: 

United States federal statutory rate 
State and local income taxes 
Impact of change in tax contingencies 
Foreign income tax rate differences 
Impact of change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance 
Impact of change in legal entity tax status 
Impact of non-taxable translation gain 
Impact of non-taxable interest income 
Domestic permanent differences and tax credits 

       Impact of tax reform 

Years Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

35.0  %  
0.8  %  
2.2  %  
(13.1 )%  
1.5  %  
—  %  
(27.3 )%  
(5.5 )%  
(15.7 )%  
28.6  %  

6.5  %  

35.0  %  
(0.9 )%  
2.4  %  
(14.0 )%  
(7.3 )%  
(5.5 )%  
—  %  
(4.9 )%  
(5.7 )%  
—  %  

(0.9 )%  

35.0  % 
(2.6 )% 
(4.2 )% 
(8.4 )% 
(28.6 )% 
—  % 
—  % 
(15.6 )% 
(42.1 )% 
—  % 

(66.5 )% 

On December 22, 2017, the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the U.S. 
Internal Revenue Code. Changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax 
years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  transition  of  U.S.  international  taxation  from  a  worldwide  tax  system  to  a 
territorial tax system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of 
December 31, 2017. The Company has calculated its best estimate of the impact of the Act in its year end income tax provision 
in accordance with its understanding of the Act and guidance available as of the date of this filing and as a result has recorded 
$28.4 million as an additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. 
This provisional income tax expense is comprised of a $36.0 million tax benefit for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets 
and liabilities to the 21% rate at which they are expected to reverse, offset with a one-time tax expense on deemed repatriation 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
of $29.1 million and a valuation allowance of $35.3 million recorded against foreign tax credit carryovers that we no longer 
expect to be able to realize based upon the new tax law. The Company continues to analyze its provisional estimate regarding 
the non-deductibility of certain covered employee compensation associated with amendments to IRC section 162(m). As of the 
date of this filing, the Company reasonably believes that the impact of these changes is immaterial. 

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of US GAAP in 
situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) 
in  reasonable  detail  to  complete  the  accounting  for  certain  income  tax  effects  of  the Act.  In  accordance  with  SAB  118,  the 
Company has determined that the $36.0 million deferred tax benefit recorded in connection with the remeasurement of certain 
deferred tax assets and liabilities, the $29.1 million of current tax expense recorded in connection with the transition tax on the 
mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  foreign  earnings,  the  $35.3  million  deferred  tax  expense  recorded  in  connection  with  a 
valuation  allowance  on  foreign  tax  credits,  and  the  $0.0  million  deferred  tax  expense  recorded  in  connection  with  covered 
employee  compensation  were  provisional  amounts  and  reasonable  estimates  at  December  31,  2017.  Additional  work  is 
necessary  to  do  a  more  detailed  analysis  of  all  provisional  amounts  associated  with  the Act  referenced  above  as  a  result  of 
pending issuance of Notices and Regulations related to the Act, ongoing legal analysis of compensation plans and finalization 
of foreign earnings and profits for 2017. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to tax expense in the 
quarter of 2018 when the analysis is complete. 

An  additional  significant  difference  between  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  tax  rate  and  our  effective  tax  rate  was  the  impact  of 
domestic permanent differences and tax credits. We recognized a total income tax benefit from domestic permanent differences 
and tax credits of $48.2 million in 2017. Of this income tax benefit, $27.1 million stems from a non-taxable translation gain 
associated  with a debt instrument that is treated as a loan for U.S. GAAP purposes but as equity for tax purposes and $19.8 
million stems from being able to recognize a significant balance of foreign tax credits related to one of our foreign jurisdictions 
as a result of implementing a tax planning strategy, net of the U.S. income tax consequences.  

An  additional  significant  difference  between  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  tax  rate  and  our  effective  tax  rate  was  the  impact  of 
foreign  tax  rate  differences.  The  statutory  tax  rates  associated  with  our  foreign  earnings  are  generally  lower  than  the  2017 
statutory U.S. tax rate of 35%. The foreign tax rate differences are most significant in Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands, 
which have statutory tax rates of approximately 28%, 26%, and 25%, respectively. Foreign tax rate differences resulted in an 
income  tax  benefit  of  $13.0  million,  $17.7  million,  and  $3.4  million  in  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  respectively. Additionally,  in 
2017 and 2016, our income tax expense was reduced by $3.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, due to a tax holiday for our 
operations in St. Kitts. The tax holiday in St. Kitts is scheduled to expire in 2022. 

Components of deferred income tax balances: 

Deferred income tax liabilities: 

Plant, equipment, and intangibles 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Postretirement, pensions, and stock compensation 
Reserves and accruals 
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards 
Valuation allowances 

Net deferred income tax asset 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

$ 

(120,171 )   $ 

(179,229 ) 

28,736    
29,297    
228,815    
(151,841 )  
135,007    
14,836     $ 

35,500  
22,795  
245,135  
(104,771 ) 
198,659  
19,430  

$ 

The decrease in deferred income tax liabilities during 2017 is primarily due to the $36.0 million deferred tax benefit recorded in 
connection with the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities associated with the Act, as discussed above. The 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
increase in our deferred tax valuation allowance is primarily due to the Company’s limited ability to utilize foreign tax credits 
before expiration as a result of the Act, as discussed above. 

As  of  December 31,  2017,  we  had  $538.9  million  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  $97.1  million  of  tax  credit 
carryforwards. Unless otherwise utilized, net operating loss carryforwards will expire upon the filing of the tax returns for the 
following respective years: $1.0 million in 2017, $0.2 million in 2018, $7.9 million in 2019, $33.7 million between 2020 and 
2022,  and  $143.4  million  between  2023  and  2038.  Net  operating  losses  with  an  indefinite  carryforward  period  total  $352.7 
million. Of the  $538.9 million in net operating loss carryforwards,  we have  determined, based on the  weight of all available 
evidence, both positive and negative, that we will utilize $158.6 million of these net operating loss carryforwards within their 
respective  expiration  periods.  A  valuation  allowance  has  been  recorded  on  the  remaining  portion  of  the  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards. 

Unless otherwise utilized, tax credit carryforwards of $97.1 million will expire as follows: $0.1 million in 2018, $0.1 million in 
2019,  $4.7  million  between  2020  and  2022,  and  $85.6  million  between  2023  and  2038.  Tax  credit  carryforwards  with  an 
indefinite  carryforward  period  total  $6.6  million.  We  have  determined,  based  on  the  weight  of  all  available  evidence,  both 
positive  and  negative,  that  we  will  utilize  $58.4  million  of  these  tax  credit  carryforwards  within  their  respective  expiration 
periods. A valuation allowance has been recorded on the remaining portion of the tax credit carryforwards. 

The following tables summarize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2017 by 
jurisdiction: 

France 
United States - various states 
Luxembourg 
Japan 
Australia 
Germany 
Netherlands 
Other 

Total 

United States 

Canada 

Total 

Net Operating Loss    
Carryforwards 
(In thousands) 

266,509  
132,213  
25,034  
22,245  
16,433  
14,127  
13,063  
49,256  
538,880  

Tax Credit Carryforwards 
(In thousands) 

74,613  
22,459  
97,072  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2017, we recognized a net $1.9 million decrease to reserves for uncertain tax positions. A reconciliation of the beginning and 
ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year 
Additions for tax positions of prior years 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years - Settlement 
Reduction for tax positions of prior years - Statute of limitations 

Balance at end of year 

84 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 
10,474     $ 
981    
2,549    
(5,425 )  
—    
8,579     $ 

7,293  
507  
2,675  
—  
(1 ) 
10,474  

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The additions for tax positions of prior years relates to income tax audits of the U.S. and a foreign jurisdiction. The balance of 
$8.6 million at December 31, 2017, reflects tax positions that, if recognized, would impact our effective tax rate. 

As of December 31, 2017, we believe it is reasonably possible that $1.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits will change within 
the next twelve months primarily attributable to the expected completion of tax audits in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. 

Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in interest expense and operating expenses, 
respectively. During 2017, 2016, and 2015, we recognized reductions of interest expense of $0.0 million, $(0.2) million, and 
$0.0 million, respectively, related to uncertain tax positions. We have approximately $0.0 million and $1.2 million accrued for 
the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Our federal tax return for the tax years 2013 and later remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service.  Our state 
and foreign income tax returns for the tax years 2011 and later remain subject to examination by various state and foreign tax 
authorities. 

Note 17: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits 

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans that cover substantially all employees in Canada, the 
Netherlands, the United Kingdom, the U.S., and certain employees in Germany, France, and Japan. We closed the U.S. defined 
benefit pension plan to new entrants effective January 1, 2010. Employees who were not active participants in the U.S. defined 
benefit pension plan on December 31, 2009, are not eligible to participate in the plan. During 2017, we sold our MCS business 
and  its  associated  pension  liabilities  (see  Note  4).  Annual  contributions  to  retirement  plans  equal  or  exceed  the  minimum 
funding  requirements  of  applicable  local  regulations.  The  assets  of  the  funded  pension  plans  we  sponsor  are  maintained  in 
various trusts and are invested primarily in equity and fixed income securities. 

Benefits provided to employees under defined contribution plans include cash contributions by the Company based on either 
hours worked by the employee or a percentage of the employee’s compensation. Defined contribution expense for 2017, 2016, 
and 2015 was $13.9 million, $13.5 million, and $12.6 million, respectively. 

We sponsor unfunded postretirement medical and life insurance benefit plans for certain of our employees in Canada and the 
U.S.  The  medical  benefit  portion  of  the  U.S.  plan  is  only  for  employees  who  retired  prior  to  1989  as  well  as  certain  other 
employees who were near retirement and elected to receive certain benefits. 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets as well as a 
statement of the funded status and balance sheet reporting for these plans. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 

Years Ended December 31, 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Participant contributions 
Actuarial gain (loss) 
Divestiture 
Settlements 
Curtailments 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
Benefits paid 

Benefit obligation, end of year 

$ 

Years Ended December 31, 

Change in plan assets: 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year 

$ 

Actual return on plan assets 

Employer contributions 

Plan participant contributions 

Settlements 

Foreign currency exchange rate changes 

Benefits paid 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year 

Funded status, end of year 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets: 

Prepaid benefit cost 

Accrued benefit liability (current) 

Liabilities held for sale 

Accrued benefit liability (noncurrent) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Pension Benefits 

2017 

2016 

Other Benefits 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

(256,481 )   $ 
(4,978 )  
(7,671 )  
(91 )  
(3,291 )  
794    
49    
—    
(14,299 )  
13,943    
(272,025 )   $ 

(275,205 )   $ 
(4,981 )  
(8,909 )  
(106 )  
(16,250 )  
—    
29,256    
227    
10,723    
8,764    
(256,481 )   $ 

(32,038 )   $ 
(49 )  
(1,139 )  
(7 )  
3,370    
—    
—    
—    
(2,022 )  
1,552    
(30,333 )   $ 

(32,313 ) 
(46 ) 
(1,259 ) 
(7 ) 
578  
—  
—  
—  
(580 ) 
1,589  
(32,038 ) 

Pension Benefits 

Other Benefits 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

(In thousands) 

182,370     $ 
18,746    
4,425    
91    
—    
6,467    
(13,943 )  
198,156     $ 

204,372     $ 
18,832    
5,698    
106    
(28,841 )  

(9,033 )  

(8,764 )  
182,370     $ 

—     $ 
—    
1,545    
7    
—    
—    
(1,552 )  

—     $ 

—  
—  
1,582  
7  
—  
—  
(1,589 ) 
—  

(73,869 )   $ 

(74,111 )   $ 

(30,333 )   $ 

(32,038 ) 

3,174     $ 
(3,736 )  
—    
(73,307 )  

3,148     $ 
(3,022 )  

(447 )  

(73,790 )  

—     $ 

(1,555 )  
—    
(28,778 )  

—  
(1,778 ) 
—  
(30,260 ) 

(32,038 ) 

Net funded status 

$ 

(73,869 )   $ 

(74,111 )   $ 

(30,333 )   $ 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $269.2  million  and  $253.9  million  at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The  projected benefit  obligation,  accumulated  benefit  obligation,  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  pension  plans  with  an 
accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were $215.6 million, $212.7 million, and $138.5 million, respectively, 
as of December 31, 2017, and were $205.8 million, $203.1 million, and $128.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016. 
The  projected  benefit  obligation,  accumulated  benefit  obligation,  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  pension  plans  with  an 
accumulated benefit obligation less than plan assets  were $56.5 million, $56.5 million, and $59.6 million, respectively, as of 
December 31, 2017 and were $50.7 million, $50.7 million, and $53.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit costs for the plans. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Pension Benefits 

Other Benefits 

(In thousands) 

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 

Service cost 

Interest cost 

$ 

Expected return on plan assets 

Amortization of prior service credit 

Curtailment gain 

Settlement loss (gain) 

Net loss recognition 

Net periodic benefit cost 

$ 

4,978    $ 
7,671   
(10,644 )  
(41 )  
—   
(8 )  
2,597   
4,553    $ 

4,981    $ 
8,909   
(12,013 )  
(42 )  
(227 )  
7,630   
2,670   
11,908    $ 

5,505    $ 
9,116   
(12,518 )  
(44 )  
(128 )  
128   
5,082   
7,141    $ 

49    $ 

1,139   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
1,188    $ 

46    $ 

1,259   
—   
(42 )  
—   
—   
86   
1,349    $ 

52  
1,301  
—  
(87 ) 
—  
—  
328  
1,594  

During  2016  and  2015,  we  recorded  settlement  losses  totaling  $7.6  million  and  $0.1  million,  respectively.   These  settlement 
losses  were  the  result  of  lump-sum  payments  to  participants  that  exceeded  the  sum  of  the  pension  plans’  respective  annual 
service cost and interest cost amounts.  

The  following  table  presents  the  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  benefit  obligations  and  the  net  periodic  benefit  cost 
amounts. 

Years Ended December 31, 
Weighted average assumptions for benefit obligations at 
year end: 

Discount rate 

Salary increase 

Weighted average assumptions for net periodic cost for the 
year: 

Discount rate 

Salary increase 

Expected return on assets 

Assumed health care cost trend rates: 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year 

Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to 

Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to 
remain at 

Pension Benefits 

Other Benefits 

2017 

2016 

2017 

2016 

2.8 %  

3.6 %  

3.1 %  

3.6 %  

6.0 %  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

3.0 %  

3.3 %  

3.6 %  

3.5 %  

6.2 %  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

3.3 %  

N/A  

3.7 %  

N/A  

N/A  

6.2 %  

5.0 %  

2024  

3.7 % 

N/A 

4.0 % 

N/A 

N/A 

6.2 % 

5.0 % 

2023 

A one percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on 2017 expense 
and year-end liabilities. 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 

1% Increase 

  1% Decrease 

$ 

(In thousands) 

127     $ 

2,306    

(103 ) 
(1,943 ) 

Plan assets are invested using a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity securities and fixed income securities 
are used to preserve asset values, diversify risk, and achieve our target investment return benchmark. Investment strategies and 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
asset  allocations  are  based  on  consideration  of  the  plan  liabilities,  the  plan’s  funded  status,  and  our  financial  condition. 
Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis. 

Plan  assets  are  managed  in  a  balanced  portfolio  comprised  of  two  major  components:  an  equity  portion  and  a  fixed  income 
portion. The  expected  role  of  equity  investments  is  to  maximize  the  long-term  real  growth  of  assets,  while  the  role  of  fixed 
income  investments  is  to  generate  current  income,  provide  for  more  stable  periodic  returns,  and  provide  some  protection 
against a prolonged decline in the market value of equity investments. 

Absent regulatory or statutory limitations, the target asset allocation for the investment of the assets for our ongoing pension 
plans is 30-40% in fixed income securities and 60-70% in equity securities and for our pension plans where the majority of the 
participants are in payment or terminated vested status is 75-80% in fixed income securities and 20-25% in equity securities. 
Equity securities include U.S. and international equity, primarily invested through investment funds. Fixed income securities 
include government securities and investment grade corporate bonds, primarily invested through investment funds and group 
insurance contracts. We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumptions based on the historical rates of returns for 
equity and fixed income securities of the type in which our plans invest. 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of earnings expected on the invested assets and 
future assets to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. We use historic plan asset 
returns combined with current market conditions to estimate the rate of return. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a 
long-term assumption based  on an analysis of historical and forward looking returns considering the plan’s actual and target 
asset mix. 

The following table presents the fair values of the pension plan assets by asset category. 

December 31, 2017 

December 31, 2016 

Fair Market 
Value at 
December 31, 
2017 

Quoted  Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Fair Market 
Value at 
December 31, 
2016 

Quoted  Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

(In thousands) 

(In thousands) 

Asset Category: 

Equity securities(a) 
Large-cap fund 
Mid-cap fund 
Small-cap fund 
Debt securities(b) 

Government bond 
fund 
Corporate bond 
fund 

Fixed income 
fund(c) 
Cash & equivalents 

Total 

$ 

$ 

75,165    $ 
13,046   
18,785   

28,429 

24,421 

—    $ 
—   
—   

— 

— 

—    $ 
—   
—   

— 

— 

—    $ 
—   
—   

65,495    $ 
11,419   
17,184   

— 

— 

26,151 

20,971 

—    $ 
—   
—   

— 

— 

—    $ 
—   
—   

— 

— 

38,072 
238   
198,156    $ 

— 
238   
238    $ 

38,072 
—   
38,072    $ 

— 
—   
—    $ 

40,958 
192   
182,370    $ 

— 
192   
192    $ 

40,958 
—   
40,958    $ 

—  
—  
—  

— 

— 

— 
—  
—  

(a)  This category includes investments in actively managed and indexed investment funds that invest in a diversified pool 
of  equity  securities  of  companies  located  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  Western  Europe  and  other  developed  countries 
throughout the world. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices 
for the underlying investments is used to value the fund. Funds valued using the net asset value method are not included 
in the fair value hierarchy. 

(b)  This  category  includes  investments  in  investment  funds  that  invest  in  U.S.  treasuries;  other  national,  state  and  local 
government  bonds;  and  corporate  bonds  of  highly  rated  companies  from  diversified  industries. The  funds  are  valued 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
using  the  net  asset  value  method  in  which  an  average  of  the  market  prices  for  the  underlying  investments  is  used  to 
value the fund. Funds valued using the net asset value method are not included in the fair value hierarchy. 

(c)  This category includes guaranteed insurance contracts. 

The plans do not invest in individual securities. All investments are through well diversified investment funds. As a result, there 
are no significant concentrations of risk within the plan assets. 

The following table reflects the benefits as of December 31, 2017 expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the 
aggregate for the five years thereafter from our pension and other postretirement plans. Because our other postretirement plans 
are unfunded, the anticipated benefits with respect to these plans will come from our own assets. Because our pension plans are 
primarily funded plans, the anticipated benefits with respect to these plans will  come primarily from the trusts established for 
these plans. 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023-2027 

Total 

Pension 
Plans 

Other 
Plans 

(In thousands) 
16,562     $ 
16,923    
17,937    
17,688    
15,787    
83,382    
168,279     $ 

1,580  
1,568  
1,562  
1,557  
1,553  
7,753  
15,573  

$ 

$ 

We  anticipate  contributing  $4.6  million  and  $1.6  million  to  our  pension  and  other  postretirement  plans,  respectively,  during 
2018. 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic 
benefit cost at December 31, 2017, the changes in these amounts during the year ended December 31, 2017, and the expected 
amortization of these amounts as components of net periodic benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2017, are as follows. 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Net actuarial loss (gain) 

Net prior service cost 

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Benefits 

(In thousands) 

$ 

$ 

44,359     $ 
11    
44,370     $ 

(1,545 ) 
—  

(1,545 ) 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Net actuarial loss, beginning of year 

Amortization of actuarial loss 

Actuarial loss (gain) 

Asset gain 

Curtailment gain recognized 

Settlement gain recognized 

Divestiture 

Currency impact 

Net actuarial loss (gain), end of year 

Prior service credit, beginning of year 
Amortization of prior service credit 

Divestiture 

Currency impact 

Prior service cost, end of year 

Expected 2018 amortization: 

Amortization of prior service credit 

Amortization of actuarial loss 

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Benefits 

(In thousands) 

49,260     $ 
(2,597 )  
3,291    
(8,102 )  
—    
8    
(180 )  
2,679    
44,359     $ 
(44 )   $ 
41    
(10 )  
24    
11     $ 

1,842  
—  
(3,370 ) 
—  
—  
—  
—  
(17 ) 

(1,545 ) 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

Pension 
Benefits 

Other 
Benefits 

(In thousands) 

(41 )   $ 

2,758    
2,717     $ 

—  
—  
—  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Note 18: Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, are as follows: 

Balance at December 31, 2015 

$ 

(23,411 )   $ 

(35,576 )   $ 

(58,987 ) 

Foreign Currency 
Translation 
Component 

Pension and Other 
Postretirement 
Benefit Plans 

Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

(In thousands) 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) loss attributable   
to Belden before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss 
Net current period other comprehensive gain 
attributable to Belden 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Other comprehensive gain (loss) attributable to 
Belden before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss 
Net current period other comprehensive gain (loss) 
attributable to Belden 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

$ 

18,750 

— 

18,750 

(4,661 )  

(65,030 )  

— 

(65,030 )  

(69,691 )   $ 

90 

(5,166 )  

6,336 

1,170 

(34,406 )  

4,504 

1,567 

6,071 

(28,335 )   $ 

13,584 

6,336 

19,920 

(39,067 ) 

(60,526 ) 

1,567 

(58,959 ) 

(98,026 ) 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the effects of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefit plan items: 

Settlement gain 
Actuarial losses 
Prior service credit 

Total before tax 
Tax benefit 

Total net of tax 

Amount Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income 
(Loss) 

Affected Line Item in the 
Consolidated Statements 
of Operations and 
Comprehensive Income 

(In thousands) 

$ 

$ 

(8 )  
2,597    
(41 )  
2,548      
(981 )    
1,567      

(1 ) 
(1 ) 
(1 ) 

(1)  The amortization of these accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation 

of net periodic benefit costs (see Note 16). 

Note 19: Share-Based Compensation 

Compensation cost charged against income, primarily selling, general and administrative expense, and the income tax benefit 
recognized for our share-based compensation arrangements is included below: 

Total share-based compensation cost 
Income tax benefit 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

(In thousands) 

$ 

14,647     $ 
5,566    

18,178     $ 
7,069    

17,745  
6,867  

We  currently  have  outstanding  stock  appreciation  rights  (SARs),  restricted  stock  units  with  service  vesting  conditions, 
restricted stock units with performance vesting conditions, and restricted stock units with market conditions. We grant SARs 
with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  grant  date.  Generally,  SARs  may  be 
converted into shares of our common stock in equal amounts on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and expire 
10  years  from  the  grant  date.  Certain  awards  provide  for  accelerated  vesting  in  certain  circumstances,  including  following  a 
change in control of the Company. Restricted stock units with service conditions generally vest 3-5 years from the grant date. 
Restricted  stock  units  issued  based  on  the  attainment  of  the  performance  conditions  generally  vest  on  the  second  or  third 
anniversary of their grant date. Restricted stock units issued based on the attainment of market conditions generally vest on the 
third anniversary of their grant date. 

We recognize compensation cost for all awards based on their fair values. The fair values for SARs are estimated on the grant 
date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula which incorporates the assumptions noted in the following table. 
Expected volatility is based on historical volatility, and expected term is based on historical exercise patterns of SAR holders. 
The fair value of restricted stock units with service vesting conditions or performance vesting conditions is the closing market 
price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  certain  restricted  stock  units  with  market 
conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model with the assistance of a third party valuation firm.  Compensation 
costs  for  awards  with  service  conditions  are  amortized  to  expense  using  the  straight-line  method.  Compensation  costs  for 
awards with performance conditions and graded vesting are amortized to expense using the graded attribution method. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

(In thousands, except weighted average fair 
value and assumptions) 

$ 

Weighted-average fair value of SARs and options granted 
Total intrinsic value of SARs converted and options exercised 
Cash received for options exercised 
Tax benefit related to share-based compensation 
Weighted-average fair value of restricted stock shares and units granted 
Total fair value of restricted stock shares and units vested 
Expected volatility 
Expected term (in years) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend yield 

  $ 

27.31  
7,156  
—  
967  
79.96  
10,355  
36.89 %  
5.6  
2.01 %  
0.27 %  

  $ 

18.79  
9,678  
—  
1,171  
54.52  
8,171  
37.47 %  
5.7  
1.32 %  
0.38 %  

31.22  
14,697  
30  
5,050  
96.52  
7,696  
35.66 % 
5.7 
1.59 % 
0.22 % 

SARs and Stock Options 

  Restricted Shares and Units 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 

Number 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 

  Number 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair Value 

(In thousands, except exercise prices, fair values, and contractual terms) 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017 

Granted 

Exercised or converted 

Forfeited or expired 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017 

Vested or expected to vest at 
December 31, 2017 
Exercisable or convertible at 
December 31, 2017 

1,124    $ 
254   
(210 )  
(36 )  
1,132    $ 

1,118 

  $ 

623 

56.79     
74.91     
44.08     
71.02     
62.75   

62.65 

58.57 

6.9   $ 

6.8   $ 

5.6  

16,327   

16,234 

11,585 

454    $ 
222   
(145 )  
(35 )  
496    $ 

69.55  
79.96  
71.27  
75.56  
78.03  

At December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to all nonvested awards was $21.1 million. That cost 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. 

Historically, we have issued treasury shares, if available, to satisfy award conversions and exercises. 

Note 20:  Preferred Stock 

On  July 26,  2016,  we  issued  5.2  million  depositary  shares,  each  of  which  represents  1/100th  interest  in  a  share  of  6.75% 
Series B  Mandatory  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (the  Preferred  Stock),  for  an  offering  price  of  $100  per  depositary  share. 
Holders  of  the  Preferred  Stock  may  elect  to  convert  their  shares  into  common  stock  at  any  time  prior  to  the  mandatory 
conversion date.  Unless earlier converted, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock on or 
around  July 15,  2019  into  between  120.46  and  132.50  shares  of  Belden  common  stock,  subject  to  customary  anti-dilution 
adjustments. This represents a range of 6.2 million to 6.9 million shares of Belden common stock to be issued upon conversion. 
The  number  of  shares  of  Belden  common  stock  issuable  upon  the  mandatory  conversion  of  the  Preferred  Stock  will  be 
determined based upon the volume-weighted average price of Belden’s common stock over the 20 day trading period beginning 
on,  and  including,  the  22nd  scheduled  trading  day  prior  to  July 15,  2019.  The  net  proceeds  from  this  offering  were 
approximately  $501  million.  The  net  proceeds  are  for  general  corporate  purposes.  With  respect  to  dividend  and  liquidation 
rights, the Preferred Stock ranks senior to our common stock and junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
Note 21: Stockholder Rights Plan 

Under our Stockholder Rights Plan, each share of our common stock generally has “attached” to it one preferred share purchase 
right.  Each  right,  when  exercisable,  entitles  the  holder  to  purchase  1/1000th  of  a  share  of  our  Junior  Participating  Preferred 
Stock Series A at a purchase price of $325.00 (subject to adjustment). Each 1/1000th of a share of Series A Junior Participating 
Preferred  Stock  will  be  substantially  equivalent  to  one  share  of  our  common  stock  and  will  be  entitled  to  one  vote,  voting 
together with the shares of common stock. 

The rights will become exercisable only if, without the prior approval of the Board of Directors, a person or group of persons 
acquires or announces the intention to acquire 20% or more of our common stock. If we are acquired through a merger or other 
business  combination  transaction,  each  right  will  entitle  the  holder  to  purchase  $300.00  worth  of  the  surviving  company’s 
common stock for $150.00 (subject to adjustment). In addition, if a person or group of persons acquires 20% or more of our 
common stock, each right not owned by the 20% or greater shareholder would permit the holder to  purchase $300.00 worth of 
our common stock for $150.00 (subject to adjustment). The rights are redeemable, at our option, at $0.01 per right at any time 
prior to an announcement of a beneficial owner of 20% or more of our common stock then outstanding. The rights expire on 
December 10, 2019. 

Note 22: Share Repurchases 

On May 25, 2017, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program,  which allows us to purchase up to $200.0 
million  of  our  common  stock  through  open  market  repurchases,  negotiated  transactions,  or  other  means,  in  accordance  with 
applicable  securities  laws  and  other  restrictions.  This  program  is  funded  with  cash  on  hand  and  cash  flows  from  operating 
activities. The program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended at any time at the discretion of the Company. 
During 2017, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of our common stock under the program for an aggregate cost of $25.0 million 
and an average price per share of $79.75.  

Note 23: Operating Leases 

Operating lease expense incurred primarily for manufacturing and office space, machinery, and equipment was $38.6 million, 
$40.3 million, and $40.6 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. 

Minimum  annual  lease  payments  for  noncancelable  operating  leases  in  effect  at  December 31,  2017  are  as  follows  (in 
thousands): 

2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

22,440  
18,006  
13,787  
11,001  
8,561  
23,494  
97,289  

Certain of our operating leases include step rent provisions and rent escalations. We include these step rent provisions and rent 
escalations in our minimum lease payments obligations and recognize them as a component of rental expense on a straight-line 
basis over the minimum lease term. 

Note 24: Market Concentrations and Risks 

Concentrations of Credit 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  sell  our  products  to  many  customers  in  several  markets  across  multiple  geographic  areas.  The  ten  largest  customers,  of 
which  six  are  distributors,  constitute  in  aggregate  approximately  35%,  33%,  and  33% of  revenues  in  2017,  2016,  and  2015, 
respectively. 

Unconditional Commodity Purchase Obligations 

At December 31, 2017, we were committed to purchase approximately 2.3 million pounds of copper at an aggregate fixed cost 
of $7.0 million. At December 31, 2017, this fixed cost was $0.5 million less than the market cost that would be incurred on a 
spot  purchase  of  the  same  amount  of  copper.  The  aggregate  market  cost  was  based  on  the  current  market  price  of  copper 
obtained from the New York Mercantile Exchange. 

Labor 

Approximately 21% of our labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements at various locations around the world. 
Approximately  16%  of  our  labor  force  is  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements  that  we  expect  to  renegotiate  during 
2018. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Our  financial  instruments  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  receivables,  trade  payables,  and  debt 
instruments. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables at December 31, 2017 
are considered representative  of their respective fair values. The fair value of our senior subordinated notes at December 31, 
2017  and    2016  was  approximately  $1,619.3  million  and  $1,693.2  million,  respectively,  based  on  quoted  prices  of  the  debt 
instruments  in  inactive  markets  (Level  2  valuation). This  amount  represents  the  fair  values  of  our  senior  subordinated  notes 
with a carrying value of $1,584.2 million and $1,643.4 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Note 25: Contingent Liabilities 

General 

Various claims are asserted against us in the ordinary course of business including those pertaining to income tax examinations, 
product liability, customer, employment, vendor, and patent matters. Based on facts currently available, management believes 
that the disposition of the claims that are pending or asserted will not have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, 
operating results, or cash flow. 

Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Bonds 

At  December 31,  2017,  we  were  party  to  unused  standby  letters  of  credit,  surety  bonds,  and  bank  guarantees  totaling  $7.5 
million, $2.3 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. These commitments are generally issued to secure obligations we have for 
a variety of commercial reasons, such as workers compensation self-insurance programs in several states and the importation 
and exportation of product. 

Note 26: Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows: 

Income tax refunds received 
Income taxes paid 
Interest paid, net of amount capitalized 

$ 

94 

2017 

Years Ended December 31, 
2016 
  (In thousands)     
3,838     $ 

5,031     $ 

2015 

(35,893 )  
(79,047 )  

(26,587 )  
(87,076 )  

4,068  
(24,960 ) 
(91,496 ) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 27: Quarterly Operating Results (Unaudited) 

2017 

1st 

2nd 

3rd 
(In thousands, except days and per share amounts) 

4th 

Year 

Number of days in quarter 

Revenues 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net income 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to Belden 

Less: Preferred stock dividends 

Net income (loss) attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders: 

$ 

92  

91  

91  

551,381     $ 
222,114    
51,337    
25,581    
(106 )  
25,687    
8,733    

610,633     $ 
242,509    
62,481    
35,891    
(86 )  
35,977    
8,733    

621,745     $ 
239,824    
60,791    
945    
(82 )  
1,027    
8,732    

91  

365 
604,884     $  2,388,643  
934,039  
229,592    
234,690  
60,081    
92,853  
30,436    
(357 ) 
(83 )  
93,210  
30,519    
34,931  
8,733    

16,954 

27,244 

(7,705 )  

21,786 

58,279 

$ 

0.40 

  $ 

0.64 

  $ 

(0.18 )   $ 

0.52 

  $ 

1.38 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Belden 
stockholders: 

$ 

0.40 

  $ 

0.64 

  $ 

(0.18 )   $ 

0.51 

  $ 

1.37 

During the financial closing process for the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that certain consolidated financial statement 
amounts were not recorded correctly in prior interim periods of 2017. We have evaluated these errors and concluded that they 
were not material to any of our previously issued interim financial statements and did not require restatement of the quarters.  
The  errors  primarily  related  to  recognizing  revenue  prior  to  satisfying  all  of  the  delivery  criteria  in  one  business  within  our 
Broadcast segment.  The impact of the errors in the first, second, and third quarters of 2017 was an overstatement of revenues 
of  $6.1  million,  $10.4  million,  and  $11.8  million,  respectively,  and  an  overstatement  of  net  income  of  $3.0  million,  $1.3 
million,  and  $2.6  million,  respectively.    The  impact  of  the  errors  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  was  an  understatement  of 
revenues  of  $27.8  million  and  an  understatement  of  net  income  of  $5.2  million. All  of  the  errors  have  been  corrected  as  of 
December 31, 2017.  

Included  in  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  quarters  of  2017  are  severance,  restructuring,  and  integration  costs  of  $6.6 
million, $9.6 million, $16.7 million, and $9.9 million, respectively.   

2016 

1st 

2nd 

3rd 
(In thousands, except days and per share amounts) 

4th 

Year 

Number of days in quarter 

Revenues 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net Income 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Belden 

Less:  Preferred stock dividends 

Net income attributable to Belden common 
stockholders 

Basic income per share attributable to Belden 
common stockholders: 

Diluted income per share attributable to Belden 
stockholders: 

$ 

$ 

$ 

94  

91  

91  

541,497     $ 
225,035    
40,964    
16,358    
(99 )  
16,457    
—    

601,631     $ 
248,213    
62,241    
41,933    
(99 )  
42,032    
—    

601,109     $ 
245,962    
61,980    
36,072    
(88 )  
36,160    
6,695    

90  

366 
612,435     $  2,356,672  
980,994  
261,784    
223,853  
58,668    
127,646  
33,283    
(357 ) 
(71 )  
128,003  
33,354    
15,428  
8,733    

16,457 

42,032 

29,465 

24,621 

112,575 

0.39 

  $ 

1.00 

  $ 

0.70 

  $ 

0.58 

  $ 

2.67 

0.39 

  $ 

0.99 

  $ 

0.69 

  $ 

0.58 

  $ 

2.65 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Included  in  the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  quarters  of  2016  are  severance,  restructuring,  and  integration  costs  of  $8.4 
million, $5.9 million, $12.8 million, and $11.7 million, respectively. Included in the fourth quarter of 2016 are royalty revenues 
of $10.3 million from a patent settlement during the quarter. 

Note 28: Subsequent Events 

On February 8, 2018, we acquired a company for a purchase price of $75.8 million, plus we assumed debt of $18.4 million. The 
acquisition  includes  a  potential  earn-out  for  which  we  have  not  yet  estimated  a  fair  value. This  acquisition  was  funded  with 
cash on hand.  

We  are  in  the  preliminary  phase  of  the  purchase  accounting  process,  including  obtaining  third  party  valuations  of  certain 
tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.   As  such,  the  purchase  accounting  process  is  incomplete  and  we  cannot  provide  the 
required disclosures of the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired for this business combination. 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

In  accordance  with  Securities  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e),  our  management,  under  the  supervision  of  our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.    As 
permitted, that evaluation excluded the business operations of Thinklogical, which was acquired in 2017. The acquired business 
operations excluded from our evaluation constituted approximately 4% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017, and 1% 
and  (3%)  of  our  revenues  and  operating  income,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017. The  operations  of  the 
acquired  business  will  be  included  in  our  2018  evaluation.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2017 because of 
the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting described below. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. 
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal 
financial  officers  and  effected  by  the  company’s  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 

•  

•  

•  

Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and 
Provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because 
of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance 
and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can 
also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material 
misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these 
inherent limitations are  known features of the  financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the  process 
safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. 

The  Company’s  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2017.  In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. 

Based  on  that  assessment,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  as  of  December  31, 2017,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective, due to the material weakness described below. 

Within our Grass Valley business unit, headquartered in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, we did not maintain internal controls that 
were  sufficiently  designed  and  operating  effectively  to  ensure  that  all  revenue  recognition  criteria  were  satisfied  prior  to  the 
recognition of revenue.  Prior to issuing the fourth quarter and full year 2017 consolidated financial statements, we determined 
that this control deficiency led to the inappropriate recognition of revenue including certain transactions in which Grass Valley 
recognized revenue for products upon shipment to third party logistics providers rather than ultimate shipment to the customer-
specified  final  destination.    This  control  deficiency  created  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  to  the 
consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis and, therefore, we concluded that the 
deficiency represents a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in 
this Annual Report issued an adverse report on effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2017. 

Remediation of the Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The  Company  has  begun  to  implement  changes  in  order  to  remediate  the  identified  material  weakness  which  include  the 
following:  (1)  we  will  enhance  and  revise  the  revenue  recognition  review  control  to  ensure  that  it  is  designed  to  provide 
assurance  that  revenues  are  recognized  at  the  appropriate  time  and  under  the  appropriate  circumstances,  (2)  we  provided 
additional  training  to  key  members  of  our  accounting  and  finance  teams  across  all  of  our  segments  to  ensure  revenue 
recognition criteria is fully understood Company-wide, (3) we will provide further Company-wide revenue recognition training 
to appropriate accounting, finance and operations personnel to ensure compliance with the revenue recognition criteria under 
the  new ASC  606  revenue  standard  that  we  adopted  on  January  1,  2018,  and  (4)  we  will  re-evaluate  the  structure  of  Grass 
Valley’s  accounting  and  finance  organization  to  confirm  the  presence  of  the  technical  knowledge  required  for  each  position.  
The material weakness cannot be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and 
management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. 

Changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Other  than  the  ongoing  remediation  plans  described  above,  there  were  no  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Belden Inc. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Belden Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
2013 framework (the  COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the  material  weakness described below on the 
achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Belden Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on the COSO criteria. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there 
is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  the  company’s  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be 
prevented or detected on a timely basis. The  following  material  weakness has been identified and included in  management’s 
assessment. The Company did not maintain internal controls that were sufficiently designed and operating effectively to ensure 
that  all  revenue  recognition  criteria  were  satisfied  prior  to  the  recognition  of  revenue  within  the  Company’s  Grass  Valley 
business unit headquartered in Montreal, Quebec, Canada. 

As  indicated  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting,  management’s 
assessment  of  and  conclusion  on  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  did  not  include  the  internal 
controls of Thinklogical, which is included in the 2017 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 4% of 
total assets as of December 31, 2017 and 1% and (3%) of revenues and operating income, respectively, for the year then ended. 
Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control 
over financial reporting of Thinklogical. 

We also have audited, in accordance  with the  standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Belden  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended  December  31,  2017,  and  the  related  notes  and  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15(a). This 
material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2017 
consolidated  financial  statements,  and  this  report  does  not  affect  our  report  dated  February  13,  2018  which  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects. 

Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 

98 

 
 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles. A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding  prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

St. Louis, Missouri 
February 13, 2018 

99 

 
 
 
Item 9B. 

Other Information 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference to “Item I-Election of Ten Directors,” as described in the 
Proxy Statement. Information regarding executive officers is set forth in Part I herein under the heading “Executive Officers.” 
The  additional  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  “Corporate  Governance”  (opening 
paragraph and table), “Corporate Governance-Audit Committee,” “Ownership Information-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting  Compliance,”  “Corporate  Governance-Corporate  Governance  Documents”  and  “Other  Matters-Stockholder 
Proposals for the 2019 Annual Meeting,” as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance-Director Compensation,” “Corporate 
Governance-Related  Party  Transactions  and  Compensation  Committee  Interlocks”  and  “Corporate  Governance-Board 
Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight” as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Ownership Information-Equity Compensation Plan Information on December 31, 2017” 
and  “Ownership  Information-Stock  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  as  described  in  the  Proxy 
Statement. 

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  “Corporate  Governance-Related  Party  Transactions  and  Compensation  Committee 
Interlocks” and “Corporate Governance” (paragraph following the table) as described in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Incorporated herein by reference to “Public Accounting Firm Information-Fees to Independent Registered Public Accountants 
for 2017 and 2016” and “Public Accounting Firm Information-Audit  Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” as 
described in the Proxy Statement. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this Report: 

1. 

Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2017 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  Each  of  the  Three  Years  in  the  Period  Ended 
December 31, 2017 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2017 

Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity Statements for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 
2017 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Beginning 
Balance 

Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Divestitures/ 
Acquisitions 

Charge 
Offs 

  Recoveries 

Currency 
Movement 

Ending 
Balance 

(In thousands) 

Accounts Receivable— 

Allowance for Doubtful 
Accounts: 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Inventories— 

Excess and Obsolete 
Allowances: 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Deferred Income Tax Asset— 

Valuation Allowance: 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8,104    $ 
8,281   
11,503   

950    $ 

2,517   
2,561   

38    $ 
(1 )  
40   

(905 )   $ 

(995 )   $ 

(1,336 )  

(803 )  

(1,046 )  

(4,353 )  

574    $ 
(311 )  

(667 )  

7,766  
8,104  
8,281  

24,561    $ 
22,531   
31,823   

2,348    $ 
3,921   
3,001   

2,628    $ 
(706 )  
2,755   

(3,219 )   $ 
—   
(12,744 )  

(2,205 )   $ 

(1,142 )  

(1,407 )  

1,156    $ 
(43 )  

(897 )  

25,269  
24,561  
22,531  

104,771    $ 
117,071   
157,317   

39,307    $ 
10,782   
2,840   

—    $ 
616   
(14,425 )  

(3,322 )   $ 

(1,712 )   $ 

(8,074 )  

(1,823 )  

(10,526 )  

(13,988 )  

12,797    $ 
(5,098 )  

(12,850 )  

151,841  
104,771  
117,071  

All other financial statement schedules not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are omitted because they 

are not applicable. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
3.  Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference, as indicated. Documents indicated by an asterisk 
(*) identify each management contract or compensatory plan. 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description of Exhibit 

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc. 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

4.14 

4.15 

4.16 

4.17 

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended   

February 29, 2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.1 

Certificate of Designations of 6.75% Series B 
Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock of Belden 

Inc.   

July 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1 

Amended and Restated Bylaws   

May 31, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1 

Rights Agreement   

December 11, 1996 Form 8-A, Exhibit 1.1 

Amendment to Rights Agreement   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.1 

Amendment to Rights Agreement   

December 8, 2006 Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.2(a) 

Amendment to Rights Agreement   

December 9, 2016 Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.4 

Indenture relating to 5.5% Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2023   

First Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023   

Indenture relating to 5.25% Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2024   

Third Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022   

Second Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023   

First Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.25% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024   

Fourth Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022   

Third Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023   

Second Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.25% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024   

Deposit Agreement dated July 26, 2016, by and 
among Belden Inc., American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company, LLC, and The Holders of the 

Depositary Receipts Described Therein   

Indenture relating to 4.125% Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2026   

Fourth Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.5% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2023   

Third Supplemental Indenture relating to 5.25% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024   

102 

March 26, 2013 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 

November 6, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.2 

June 30, 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 

November 4, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.1 

November 4, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.2 

November 4, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.3 

May 5, 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.1 

May 5, 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.2 

May 5, 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 4.3 

July 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.2 

October 11, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 

June 26, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.20 

June 26, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
Exhibit 
Number 

4.18 

4.19 

4.20 

10.1 

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

10.10* 

10.11* 

10.12* 

10.13* 

10.14* 

10.15* 

10.16* 

10.17* 

10.18* 

10.19* 

Description of Exhibit 

First Supplemental Indenture relating to 4.125% 

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026   

Indenture relating to 3.375% Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2027   

Indenture relating to 2.875% Senior Subordinated 

Notes due 2025   

Trademark License Agreement 

CDT 2001 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan, 

as amended   

Belden Inc. 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan, as 

amended   

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc. 

June 26, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.22 

July 10, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 

September 22, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 

November 15, 1993 Form 10-Q of Belden 1993 
Inc., Exhibit 10.2 

April 6, 2009 Proxy Statement, Appendix I 

April 6,2016 Proxy Statement, Appendix II 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award   

August 3, 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 

Form of Performance Stock Units Award   

August 3, 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 

Form of Restricted Stock Units Award   

May 6, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.3 

Belden Inc. Annual Cash Incentive Plan, as 

amended and restated   

2004 Belden CDT Inc. Non-Employee Director 

Deferred Compensation Plan   

February 29, 2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.16 

December 21, 2004 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

Belden Wire & Cable Company (BWC) 
Supplemental Excess Defined Benefit Plan   

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc.,  
Exhibit 10.14 

First Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc.,  
Exhibit 10.15 

Benefit Plan   

Second Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 

March 14, 2003 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.21 

Benefit Plan   

Third Amendment to Belden Wire & Cable 
Company (BWC) Supplemental Excess Defined 

Benefit Plan   

November 15, 2004  Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.50 

BWC Supplemental Excess Defined Contribution 
Plan   

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.16 

First Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 

Defined Contribution Plan   

March 22, 2002 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., 
Exhibit 10.17 

Second Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 
Defined Contribution Plan   

2003 Form 10-K of Belden 1993 Inc., Exhibit 10.24 

Third Amendment to BWC Supplemental Excess 
Defined Contribution Plan   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.51 

Trust Agreement   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.52 

First Amendment to Trust Agreement   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.53 

Trust Agreement   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.54 

103 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.20* 

10.21* 

10.22* 

10.23* 

10.24* 

10.25* 

10.26* 

10.27* 

10.28* 

10.29* 

10.30* 

10.31* 

10.32* 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

Description of Exhibit 

The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc. 

First Amendment to Trust Agreement   

November 15, 2004 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.55 

Amended and Restated Executive Employment 

Agreement with John Stroup   

First Amendment to Amended and Restated 
Executive Employment Agreement with John 

Stroup   

Amended and Restated Executive Employment 
Agreement with Henk Derksen   

Executive Employment Agreement with Glenn 

Pennycook   

Executive Employment Agreement with Dhrupad 

Trivedi   

April 7, 2008 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

 December 17, 2008 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

January 5, 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

August 8, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 

August 8, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 

 Executive Employment Agreement with Doug Zink   

November 6, 2013 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 

Executive Employment Agreement with Ross 

Rosenberg   

Executive Employment Agreement with Roel 

Vestjens   

Executive Employment Agreement with Brian 

Anderson   

Executive Employment Agreement with Dean 

McKenna   

Executive Employment Agreement with Paul 

Turner   

Form of Indemnification Agreement with each of 
the Directors and Brian Anderson, Henk Derksen, 
Dean McKenna, Glenn Pennycook, Ross 
Rosenberg, John Stroup, Dhrupad Trivedi, Paul 

Turner, Roel Vestjens, and Doug Zink   

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 
Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG 

August 5, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 

August 5, 2014 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 

May 5, 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 

August 4, 2015 Form 10-Q Exhibit 10.1 

Filed herewith 

March 1, 2007 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.39 

October 11, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement   

May 22, 2017, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 
Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG 

June 29, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

10.36 

Purchase Agreement by and among Belden Inc., the 

September 14, 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 

Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank AG   

12.1 

14.1 

21.1 

23.1 

 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges   

Filed herewith 

Code of Ethics   

August 26, 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit 14.1 

List of Subsidiaries of Belden Inc.   

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP   

104 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The filings referenced for incorporation by 
reference are Company (Belden Inc.) filings unless 
noted to be those of Belden 1993 Inc. 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Exhibit 
Number 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Description of Exhibit 

Powers of Attorney from Members of the Board of 

Directors   

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief 

Executive Officer   

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief 

Financial Officer   

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive 

Officer   

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial 

Officer   

Exhibit 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 

Exhibit 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

Exhibit 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

Exhibit 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

Exhibit 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label 

*  Management contract or compensatory plan 

Copies  of  the  above  Exhibits  are  available  to  shareholders  at  a  charge  of  $0.25  per  page,  minimum  order  of  $10.00.  Direct 
requests to: 

Belden Inc., Attention: Corporate Secretary 
1 North Brentwood Boulevard, 15th Floor 
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Signatures 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: February 13, 2018 

BELDEN INC. 

By   

/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 

John S. Stroup 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and 

Chairman 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 

John S. Stroup 

/s/ HENK DERKSEN 

Henk Derksen 

  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman 

  February 13, 2018 

  Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer 

  February 13, 2018 

/s/ DOUGLAS R. ZINK 

  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 

  February 13, 2018 

Douglas R. Zink 

/s/ BRYAN C. CRESSEY* 

  Lead Independent Director 

  February 13, 2018 

Bryan C. Cressey 

/s/ DAVID ALDRICH* 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

David Aldrich 

/s/ LANCE C. BALK* 

Lance C. Balk 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

/s/ STEVEN BERGLUND* 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

Steven Berglund 

/s/ DIANE BRINK* 

Diane Brink 

/s/ JUDY L. BROWN* 

Judy L. Brown 

  Director 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

  February 13, 2018 

/s/ JONATHAN KLEIN* 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

Jonathan Klein 

/s/ GEORGE MINNICH* 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

George Minnich 

/s/ JOHN MONTER* 

John Monter 

/s/ JOHN S. STROUP 
*By John S. Stroup, Attorney-in-fact 

  Director 

  February 13, 2018 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
107